Yale University Press Fall 2009 Seasonal Catalog

Ya l e
Ta b le o f Co nt e nt s
Recently Published 1
Previously Announced 2
FA LL/ WI N T ER
Art T it le s
Art & Architecture—General Interest 3
Scholarly Art & Architecture Books of Interest to the General Trade 31
Art & Architecture Paperback Reprints 51
Academic Art & Architecture Books 52
Tra de T it le s
General Interest
Scholarly Books of Interest to the General Trade
53
101
UNIVERSITY PRESS
2009
General Interest—Paperback Reprints 115

Scholarly Books of Interest to the General Trade—Paperback Reprints 124
General Interest, Art and Architecture
Languages 131
Academic Books 132
Cover photograph: Dewey as Superman, Providence, RI, 1991

by Nan Goldin, courtesy Matthew Marks Gallery, New York. FALL/WINTER AUGUST 2009 – JANUARY 2010
(see p. 65, Boyhoods: Rethinking Masculinities by Ken Corbett)
Donald and Munro Rishel and Sachs Moorhouse Rosenthal
Jacoby Haskell Rubin Reader
Endless Forms Cézanne and Beyond Gerhard Richter Portraits William Kentridge
Alger Hiss and the Battle Frankly My Dear Mother of God Potato
978-0-300-14826-8 978-0-300-14106-1 978-0-300-15159-6 978-0-300-15048-3
for History 978-0-300-11752-3 978-0-300-10500-1 978-0-300-14109-2
$75.00 $65.00 $60.00 $50.00
978-0-300-12133-9 $24.00 $35.00 $28.00
$24.00
Cowling Clarke Koda and Yohannan Eklund Hoffman

Allawi Morris Goldsworthy
Picasso Becoming Edvard Munch The Model as Muse The Pictures Generation, My Happiness Bears No
The Crisis of Islamic Civilization One State, Two States How Rome Fell
978-1-85709-452-7 978-0-300-11950-3 978-0-300-14893-0 1974–1984 Relation to Happiness
978-0-300-13931-0 978-0-300-12281-7 978-0-300-13719-4
$40.00 $50.00 $50.00 978-0-300-14892-3 978-0-300-14150-4
$27.50 $26.00 $32.50
$60.00 $27.50
Fried Sussman and Weski Steele and Mears Tingley Haynes and Klehr Bray Zipperstein Eagleton
Why Photography Matters as William Eggleston Isabel Toledo Arts of Ancient Viet Nam Spies Wetware Rosenfeld’s Live Reason, Faith, and Revolution
Art as Never Before 978-0-300-12621-1 978-0-300-14583-0 978-0-300-14696-7 978-0-300-12390-6 978-0-300-14173-3 978-0-300-12649-5 978-0-300-15179-4
978-0-300-13684-5 $65.00 $60.00 $60.00 $35.00 $28.00 $27.50 $25.00
$55.00
Recent Art Highlights Recent General Interest Highlights

Recently Published
HOLMAN HUNT AND THE PRE-RAPHAELITE VISION
Edited by Katharine Lochnan and Carol Jacobi
Beautifully illustrated with some of the best-loved works in British art, this book explores
the nature and significance of William Holman Hunt’s vision and its relevance to mod-
ern audiences.
Published in association with The Art Gallery of Ontario, Toronto

January 2009 Art
224 pp. 100 b/w + 100 color illus. 9 x 11
978-0-300-14832-9 $75.00sc
THE PHOTOGRAPHS OF HOMER PAGE

The Guggenheim Year: New York, 1949–50
Keith F. Davis
This book—the first on this brilliant but little-known documentary photographer—
focuses on Homer Page’s New York photographs taken while he was a Guggenheim
Fellow during the late ’40s.
Distributed for The Nelson-Atkins Museum of Art

April Photography
144 pp. 98 tritone illus. 11 x 11
paper over board 978-0-300-15443-6 $50.00
SOL LEWITT
100 Views
Edited by Susan M. Cross and Denise Markonish
Published to accompany MASS MoCA’s landmark installation of LeWitt’s innovative
wall drawings, this book celebrates the artist and his illustrious 50-year career.
Published in association with Mass MoCA

May Art
272 pp. 88 b/w + 93 color illus. 8 3/4 x 10
paper 978-0-300-15282-1 $45.00
LUIS MELÉNDEZ
Master of the Spanish Still Life
Gretchen Hirschauer and Catherine Metzger; with contributions by Peter Cherry
and Natacha Seseña
An exquisite look at the life and work of Luis Meléndez, one of 18th-century Europe’s
greatest still-life painters.
Published in association with the National Gallery of Art, Washington
June Art
200 pp. 40 b/w + 143 color illus. 9 3/8 x 11 1/2
978-0-300-15880-9 $60.00
Now available in paperback Previoulsy announced S’07

WHATEVER HAPPENED THE WARSAW GHETTO
TO THRIFT? A Guide to the Perished City
Why Americans Don’t Save and Barbara Engelking and
What to Do about It Jacek Leociak
Ronald T. Wilcox
May Economics July History

176 pp. 9 b/w illus. 936 pp. 250 b/w + 36 color illus.;
6 1/8 x 9 1/4 3 maps 6 1/8 x 9 1/4
paper 978-0-300-15824-3 $20.00sc 978-0-300-11234-4 $75.00sc
cloth (S ’08) 978-0-300-12451-4 $30.00sc
1
Recently Published
Previously announced
JOHN GUTMANN
The Photographer at Work
Sally Stein
With an introduction by Douglas R. Nickel
Contribution by Amy Rule
A revealing look at the work and life of an exceptional 20th-century photographer, based
on his own archive of photographs and papers Announced Fall ‘08
Published in association with the September Photography
Center for Creative Photography 180 pp. 175 duotone illus.
9 3/8 x 11 7/8
978-0-300-12331-9 $50.00
THE MODERN WING

Renzo Piano and The Art Institute of Chicago
James Cuno, Paul Goldberger, and Joseph Rosa
With a photographic portfolio by Judith Turner
A behind-the-scenes look at celebrated architect Renzo Piano's highly anticipated addi-
tion to The Art Institute of Chicago Announced Spring ‘09
November Architecture
Distributed for the Art Institute of Chicago 160 pp. 20 duotone + 140 color illus.
10 x 11
978-0-300-14112-2 $60.00
THROUGH THE SEASONS

Japanese Art in Nature
Miyeko Murase
A handsomely illustrated overview of the history of Japanese paintings of nature
Exhibition schedule:
Announced Fall ‘08
♦ Sterling and Francine Clark Art Institute (6/7/09 – 10/18/09) August Art
84 pp. 25 color illus.,
Distributed for the Sterling and Francine Clark Art including 3 gatefolds 9 1/4 x 9
Institute, Williamstown, Massachusetts paper orig. 978-0-300-14188-7 $19.95sc
FRIENDSHIP AND LOSS IN THE VICTORIAN PORTRAIT

“May Sartoris” by Frederic Leighton
Malcolm Warner
This original study analyzes Frederic Leighton’s portrait of May Sartoris, placing the work
within the tradition of British child portraiture. Announced Fall ‘07
September Art
Kimbell Masterpiece Series 84 pp. 8 b/w + 42 color illus.
Distributed for the Kimbell Art Museum, Fort Worth 7 1/2 x 9 1/4
paper with flaps 978-0-300-12135-3
$16.95sc
PIERRE PUVIS DE CHAVANNES

Aimée Brown Price
These two companion volumes—a critical study of the artist's life and art, and a cata-
logue raisonné of his paintings—restore Puvis to the pantheon of modern masters.
Announced Fall ’08

September Art
450 pp. 1,000 illus. 9 5/8 x 11 5/8
Slipcased set 978-0-300-11571-0 $250.00sc
2
Previously Announced
Art & Architecture
3
Art & Architecture
W H I T N E Y M U S E U M O F A M E R I CA N A RT
GEORGIA O’KEEFFE
Abstraction
Edited by Barbara Haskell
With essays by Barbara Haskell, Barbara Buhler Lynes,
Bruce Robertson, and Elizabeth Hutton Turner
A fresh look at Georgia O’Keeffe that reposi-

tions one of America’s favorite 20th-century
artists as a foremost abstractionist
A lthough Georgia O’Keeffe (1887–1986) has long

been regarded as a central figure in 20th-century
art, the abstract works she created throughout her career
have remained critically and popularly overlooked in favor
of her representational subjects. Beginning with charcoal
drawings made in 1915, which were among the most rad-
♦ Whitney Museum of American Art
ical creations produced in the United States at that time,
(9/17/09 – 1/17/10)
O’Keeffe sought to transcribe pure emotion in her work.
♦ The Phillips Collection, Washington,
While her output of abstract work declined after 1930, she
D.C. (2/6/10 – 5/9/10)
returned to abstraction in the 1950s with a new vocabulary
♦ Georgia O’Keeffe Museum,
that provided a precedent for a younger generation of
Santa Fe (5/28/10 – 9/12/10)
abstractionists. By devoting itself to this largely unexplored
Published in association with the
area of her work, Georgia O’Keeffe: Abstraction is an over-
Whitney Museum of American Art,
due acknowledgment of her place as one of America’s first The Phillips Collection, and the
abstractionists. Georgia O’Keeffe Museum
In addition to rethinking O’Keeffe’s role in the development

of a uniquely American abstract style, this book chronicles
the shifts and changes in subject matter and style over the
span of her long career. It adds significant new insight into
her life, reproducing excerpts of previously sealed letters
written by O’Keeffe to photographer and gallerist Alfred
Stieglitz, whom she married in 1924. These previously
unpublished letters, along with other primary documents
referenced by the authors, offer an intimate glimpse into
her creative method and intentions as an artist.
B A R B A R A H A S K E L L is Curator at the Whitney Museum of

American Art, New York. B A R B A R A B U H L E R LY N E S is
Curator at the Georgia O’Keeffe Museum and the Emily Fisher
Landau Director of the Georgia O’Keeffe Museum Research Center
in Santa Fe. B R U C E R O B E R T S O N is Professor of the History of
Art and Architecture at the University of California, Santa Barbara. September Art
E L I Z A B E T H H U T T O N T U R N E R is Professor and Vice Provost 256 pp. 26 duotone + 202 color illus.
for the Arts at the University of Virginia and Guest Curator at the 9 1/2 x 11
Phillips Collection. 978-0-300-14817-6 $65.00
4
Art & Architecture
P H I L A D E L P H I A M U S E U M O F A RT
MARCEL DUCHAMP
Étant donnés
Michael R. Taylor
With contributions by Andrew Lins, Melissa S. Meighan, and Beth A.
Price, Ken Sutherland, Scott Homolka, and Elena Torok
I n his early thirties, Marcel Duchamp (1887–1968) convinced every-

one that he had abandoned making art in favor of playing chess. But
from 1946 to 1966, he was secretly at work in his studio on West 14th
Street in New York City. There he produced his final masterpiece: Étant
donnés: 1º la chute d’eau, 2º le gaz d’éclairage, comprising a battered
wood door through which one views a prone, nude female, holding aloft
an antique gas lamp against a landscape of trees, waterfall, and sky.
Unveiled as a permanent installation at the Philadelphia Museum of Art
in July 1969, the year after Duchamp’s death, it startled the art world with Exhibition schedule:
its explicit eroticism and voyeurism, as well as its trompe l’oeil realism. ♦ Philadelphia Museum of Art
Since its public debut, Étant donnés has been recognized as one of the (8/15/09 – 11/29/09)
most important and enigmatic works of the 20th century.
Published to commemorate the fortieth anniversary of the original instal-

lation of Étant donnés and to accompany the first major exhibition on the
artwork and its studies, this richly illustrated book presents a wealth of
new research and documents that draw upon previously unpublished
works of art and materials. The catalogue also examines the critical and
artistic reception of Étant donnés, as evidenced by the subsequent work
August Art
of Les Levine, Hannah Wilke, Robert Gober, Marcel Dzama, Ray Johnson, 460 pp. 238 b/w + 360 color illus.
and other artists who have engaged with Duchamp’s provocative and 9 x 11 3/4
challenging tableau-construction. 978-0-300-14979-1 $65.00
MANUAL OF INSTRUCTIONS
Étant donnés: 1º la chute d’eau, 2º le gaz d’éclairage…
Revised edition
Marcel Duchamp
With a preface by Anne d’Harnoncourt and an essay by
Michael R. Taylor
O ut of print for a number of years, this facsimile of Marcel Duchamp’s

Manual of Instructions was prepared by the artist for the disassem-
bly of Étant donnés in his New York studio and its reassembly at the
Philadelphia Museum of Art. First published more than twenty years ago,
the manual has had far-reaching ramifications for the study of Étant don-
nés and Duchamp. Illustrated with 116 black-and-white Polaroids taken by
the artist and 35 pages of his handwritten notes and sketches, the revised
edition includes a new essay by Michael R. Taylor on the pivotal importance August Art
of the manual to an understanding of Duchamp’s artistic practice as well as 66 pp. 119 b/w + 18 color illus.
10 3/4 x 12
the first English translation of the artist’s text. 978-0-300-14980-7 $40.00
M I C H A E L R . TAY L O R is the Muriel and Philip Berman Curator of Modern Art, and the late
A N N E D ’ H A R N O N C O U R T was formerly the Director, both at the Philadelphia Museum of Art.
Published in association with the Philadelphia Museum of Art
5
Art & Architecture
Newly Available from Yale
AMERICAN QUILTS AND COVERLETS IN
THE METROPOLITAN MUSEUM OF ART
Amelia Peck
With the assistance of Cynthia V. A. Schaffner
Technical appendix by Elena Phipps
T his handsome book showcases the Metropolitan Museum’s superb

collection of 151 American quilts and coverlets. First published in
1990 and revised in 2007 to feature 32 new acquisitions and updated
scholarship, this volume chronicles the development of quilt and coverlet
production in the United States from the 18th through the 20th century,
provides a glimpse into the lives of the makers and recipients of these
pieces, and discusses their emergence as works of art. Published in association with
The Metropolitan Museum of Art
Each work is catalogued with a description and essential information on
materials, condition, publications, and references. Also included is an
illustrated survey of materials and techniques used in the creation of
these works.
A M E L I A P E C K is Marica F. Vilcek Curator of American Decorative

Arts and C Y N T H I A V. A . S C H A F F N E R is research associate, August Decorative Arts
Department of American Decorative Arts at The Metropolitan Museum 320 pp. 50 b/w + 300 color illus. 10 x 11
978-0-300-15903-5 $29.95
of Art. E L E N A P H I P P S is senior museum conservator in the
previously MQ Publications (F’07)
Department of Textile Conservation at The Metropolitan Museum of Art. 978-0979740008
ROBERT INDIANA AND THE STAR OF HOPE

John Wilmerding and Michael K. Komanecky
P erhaps best known for his iconic paintings and sculptures of

LOVE, also featured on a U.S. postage stamp, and HOPE, created
in support of Barack Obama’s 2008 presidential campaign, Robert
Indiana (b. 1928) has been living and working in Maine since
1978. The Star of Hope, his year-round home and studio on the island
of Vinalhaven, is a former late 19th-century Odd Fellows lodge listed
on the National Register of Historic Places.
Robert Indiana and the Star of Hope is both a retrospective of the artist’s
work based on his own holdings and an unprecedented study of his liv-
ing and working space. His studio is a home, museum, archive, and
gallery, all set within the historic interiors of the former Odd Fellows
lodge. This book offers a unique examination of how Indiana’s work has Exhibition schedule:
unfolded since his move to Vinalhaven and includes works from his stu-
♦ Farnsworth Art Museum, Rockland,
dent days to storied sculptures such as EAT, prematurely removed from
Maine (6/20/09 – 10/25/09)
the 1964 New York World’s Fair and not exhibited since.
Distributed for the Farnsworth Art Museum
J O H N W I L M E R D I N G is Christopher B. Sarofim ‘86 Professor of

American Art, Emeritus, Department of Art and Archaeology, Princeton
August Art
University. M I C H A E L K . K O M A N E C K Y is the Interim Director 128 pp. 1 b/w + 99 color illus. 9 1/2 x 10
and Chief Curator of the Farnsworth Art Museum, Rockland, Maine. 978-0-300-15470-2 $45.00
6
Art & Architecture
WILLIE DOHERTY: REQUISITE DISTANCE
Ghost Story and Landscape
Charles Wylie
With a contribution by Erin K. Murphy
T he art of Willie Doherty (b. 1959), one of Northern Ireland’s most

important artists, joins history, memory, and language into an
enveloping experience. This catalogue features two bodies of Doherty’s
work: Ghost Story, a tensely beautiful 15-minute media work based on
landscape and memory, and a selection of photographs of the border-
lands between Northern Ireland and the Republic of Ireland.
Arising from the region’s Troubles, Doherty’s art is nonetheless univer-

sal in effect and can be seen independent of any specific context.
Charles Wylie’s essay deals with how Ghost Story evokes a mind at work ♦ Dallas Museum of Art
trying to recall unsettling things, and the impact of memory on the (5/23/09 – 8/16/09)
present. Through vivid imagery, Doherty creates a cinematic tale of ♦ Snite Museum of Art, University of
quiet suspense whose evocative text (written by Doherty and published Notre Dame, Indiana (fall 2010)
here in its entirety) is narrated by the actor Stephen Rea. Critically Distributed for the Dallas Museum of Art
acclaimed at the 2007 Venice Biennale, Ghost Story is paired with
eleven large-scale color photographs that powerfully depict the famed
Irish landscape as a site of unease amidst lyrical beauty.
August Art
C H A R L E S W Y L I E is The Lupe Murchison Curator of Contemporary Art,
96 pp. 65 color illus. 10 x 8 1/2
Dallas Museum of Art, and author of Sigmar Polke: The Dream of Menelaus paper over board 978-0-300-15255-5
(p. 10), Robert Ryman, and Sigmar Polke: History of Everything. $24.95
EVA HESSE
Studiowork
Briony Fer
T hroughout her career, Eva Hesse (1936–1970) produced a signifi-

cant number of small, experimental works alongside her large-
scale sculpture. These so-called “test pieces” were made in a wide
range of materials, including latex, wire-mesh, sculp-metal, wax, and
cheesecloth. Rather than considering them simply technical explo-
rations, the art historian Briony Fer renames these small objects stu-
diowork and argues that they put in question conventional notions of
what sculpture is.
The book contains a comprehensive catalogue of the studiowork, includ-
♦ The Fruitmarket Gallery, Edinburgh
ing many new works that have never before been seen in public.
(7/30/09 – 10/25/09)
Although previously these small objects were considered peripheral to
the major sculptures, this fascinating new study argues that they force ♦ Camden Arts Centre, London
(11/27/09 – 1/24/10)
us to ask fundamental questions, not just about what an artwork is, but
about the work that art does in our culture. ♦ Tapies Foundation, Barcelona
(dates to be determined)
♦ Art Gallery of Ontario, Canada
Distributed for the Fruitmarket Gallery (dates to be determined)
♦ Berkeley Art Museum
B R I O N Y F E R is Professor of Art History at University College London August Art
and is author of The Infinite Line: Re-making Art After Modernism and 240 pp. 200 color illus. 8 1/4 x 9 3/4
On Abstract Art. 978-0-300-13476-6 $50.00
7
Art & Architecture
T H E PAU L M E L L O N C E N T R E F O R S T U D I E S I N B R I T I S H A RT
ELIZABETHAN ARCHITECTURE
Mark Girouard
The renowned author of Life in the English

Country House explores the rich field of
Elizabethan and Jacobean architecture
E lizabethan and Jacobean architecture—the unique-

ly strange and exciting buildings built by the great
and powerful, ranging from huge houses to gem-like pavil-
ions and lodges designed for feasting and hunting—is a
phenomenon as remarkable as the literature that accom- Published in association with the
panied it, the literature of Shakespeare, Spenser, Sidney, Paul Mellon Centre for Studies in
Marlow, and others. British Art
In this beautiful and fascinating book, Mark Girouard dis-

✦ ALSO BY MARK GIROUARD:
cusses social structure and the way of life behind it, the
evolution of the house plan, the excitement of English Life in the English Country House
A Social and Architectural History
patrons and craftsmen as they learned not only about the paper 978-0-300-05870-3 $45.00sc
classic Five Orders and the buildings of Ancient Rome, the The English Town
A History of Urban Life
surprising wealth of architectural drawings that survive paper 978-0-300-06321-9 $42.00tx
from the period, the inroads of foreign craftsmen who
brought new fashions in ornament, but also the strength
of the native tradition that was creatively integrated with
the “antique” style. Behind the book is a vivid conscious-
ness of the European scene: Italy, France, central Europe,
and above all the Low Countries and their influence on
England. But the principal argument of the book is the
unique individuality of the English achievement.
The result of new research and fieldwork, as well as a life-

time’s observation and scholarship, this remarkable book
displays Girouard’s sense of style and his enduring excite-
ment for the architecture of the period.
August Architecture
288 pp. 150 b/w + 150 color illus.
M A R K G I R O U A R D is a freelance architectural historian 9 5/8 x 11 1/4
and writer. 978-0-300-09386-5 $65.00
8
Art & Architecture
SARGENT AND THE SEA
Edited by Sarah Cash and Richard Ormond
Ships and the sea through the eyes of one of

the most remarkable painters of the early
20th century
A s a young man the American painter John Singer

Sargent (1856–1925) was passionate about the
sea and deeply knowledgeable about ships and seafaring.
Between the ages of 18 and 23 he started his career as a
professional painter with a remarkable range of mar-
itime works that form the subject of this exhibition and Exhibition schedule:
book. The key works are the two versions of the Oyster ♦ Corcoran Gallery, Washington
(9/12/09 – 1/3/10)
Gatherers of Cancale, painted in 1878 on the northern
coast of Brittany in France, and the group of studies and ♦ The Museum of Fine Arts, Houston
(2/14/10 – 5/23/10)
sketches around them.
♦ Royal Academy of Arts, London
The authors relate Sargent’s freely handled marine draw- (7/10/10 – 9/23/10)
ings, large and small, to his watercolors, oil sketches, and Published in association with the
Corcoran Gallery, Washington
finished oil paintings of marine subjects. The works
demonstrate his transition from a plein-air painter to a
tonalist exploring interiors and urban scenes. Also pre-
sented is a unique scrapbook, held by the Metropolitan
Museum of Art, that includes more than 50 drawings and
sketches, mostly of sea scenes, and postcards and com-
mercial photography of works of art, architecture, and
tourist views. This scrapbook provides an intimate glimpse
at the thoughts and experiences of the young artist on his
first European voyage.
S A R A H C A S H is the Bechhoefer Curator of American Art at

the Corcoran Gallery, where she has curated shows including
Encouraging American Genius; Norman Rockwell’s Four
Freedoms; and The Gilded Cage: Views of American Women.
R I C H A R D O R M O N D is director of the Sargent catalogue
September Art
raisonné project and the artist’s great-nephew. He was formerly
director of the National Maritime Museum, London. 978-0-300-14360-7 $50.00
9
Art & Architecture
REINVENTING RITUAL
Contemporary Art and Design for Jewish Life
Daniel Belasco
With contributions by Arnold M. Eisen, Julie Lasky, Danya
Ruttenberg, and Tamar Rubin
A guidebook to the most current trends in contemporary Jewish art

and design, Reinventing Ritual provides an unprecedented look at
the work and thought of contemporary artists as they respond to the
needs and practices of traditional culture. Beautifully illustrated with new
art from Israel, Europe, and the Americas, this publication features both
traditional and avant-garde sculpture, textiles, architecture, metalwork,
and ceramics by forty leading artists.
Author Daniel Belasco surveys current trends in Jewish ritual art and the
influences of feminism, environmentalism, multiculturalism, and new
media; Julie Lasky provides a groundbreaking discussion of the role of ♦ The Jewish Museum, New York
(9/13/09 – 2/7/10)
recycling and social consciousness in contemporary Jewish design;
Danya Ruttenberg, a recently ordained rabbi, offers a lively perspective ♦ Contemporary Jewish Museum,
on the constantly evolving Jewish impulse “to concretize the encounter San Francisco
(4/22/10 – 9/28/10)
with the Divine”; and Arnold M. Eisen writes an absorbing and personal
commentary on the role of ritual in Jewish life today. Published in association with
The Jewish Museum
September Art/Jewish Studies

D A N I E L B E L A S C O is the Henry J. Leir Assistant Curator at The 176 pp. 10 b/w + 93 color illus. 7 x 10
Jewish Museum. 978-0-300-14682-0 $39.95
SIGMAR POLKE
The Dream of Menelaus
Charles Wylie
With a contribution by Anne Bromberg
S igmar Polke (b. 1941) has experimented with a wide range of styles
and subject matter, bringing together imagery from contradictory
and unexpected sources, merging the historical and contemporary, and
using a variety of different materials and techniques. This catalogue fea-
tures Polke’s major four-painting cycle, The Dream of Menelaus, one of
the artist’s most beautiful and challenging.
Citing the story of Menelaus, the mythical Greek hero whose wife
Helen’s abduction started the Trojan War, Polke’s cycle alludes to eternal
themes of love and war with a typically elusive yet analytic beauty. Here
Polke has merged classical and contemporary images to reveal unex- Exhibition schedule:
pected parallels between mythical histories and present-day realities, all
♦ Dallas Museum of Art (Fall ‘09)
the while creating four paintings of an unsurpassed mastery of the
painting medium itself. Distributed for the Dallas Museum of Art
C H A R L E S W Y L I E is The Lupe Murchison Curator of Contemporary

Art, Dallas Museum of Art, and author of Willie Doherty: Requisite
Distance (p. 7), Robert Ryman, and Sigmar Polke: History of Everything. September Art
A N N E B R O M B E R G is The Cecil and Ida Green Curator of Ancient 64 pp. 6 b/w + 40 color illus. 9 x 12
and South Asian Art, Dallas Museum of Art. paper with flaps 978-0-300-15900-4 $19.95
10
Art & Architecture
CÉZANNE AND AMERICAN
MODERNISM
Gail Stavitsky and Katherine Rothkopf
With essays by Gail Stavitsky, Jill Anderson Kyle,
Jayne S. Warman, Katherine Rothkopf, Ellen Handy,
Jerry N. Smith, and Mary Tompkins Lewis
The first in-depth look at Cézanne’s powerful

influence in shaping early 20th-century
American art
P aul Cézanne (1839–1906) is one of the great genius-

es in the history of art, and his work has influenced
a multitude of artists throughout Europe. Across the
Atlantic, Cézanne’s paintings had a similarly catalytic effect Exhibition schedule:
on artists emerging in the United States during the early ♦ Montclair Art Museum
20th century. Cézanne and American Modernism is the first (9/13/09 – 1/3/10)
book devoted specifically to his impact on American art ♦ The Baltimore Museum of Art
and its eager reception there. It shows how American (2/14/10 – 5/23/10)
painters and photographers cemented Cézanne’s legacy by ♦ Phoenix Art Museum
spreading their respect and admiration for his vision with (6/26/10 – 9/26/10)
their own art, writings, and exhibitions. Published in association with
The Baltimore Museum of Art
Examining Cézanne’s influence on more than a generation
of American artists, this handsomely illustrated book fea-
tures paintings and photography by Paul Strand, Marsden
Hartley, Man Ray, Alfred Stieglitz, Charles Demuth, Arshile
Gorky, Charles Sheeler, Stanton Macdonald-Wright,
Maurice Prendergast, Morgan Russell, Max Weber, and
many others. Cézanne’s far-reaching transformative
impact on each artist’s aesthetic vision is explored, while
extensive essays shed new light on a wide range of
subjects from American collectors of his work and his
shaping of modernism in the American West to the lasting
resonance of his art on Abstract Expressionism in the
1950s.
G A I L S TAV I T S K Y is Chief Curator of the Montclair Art Museum

in Montclair, New Jersey. K AT H E R I N E R O T H K O P F is Senior September Art
376 pp. 190 color illus. 10 x 11
Curator of European Painting and Sculpture at The Baltimore
978-0-300-14715-5 $65.00
Museum of Art.
11
Art & Architecture
MRS. DELANY AND HER CIRCLE
Edited by Mark Laird and Alicia Weisberg-Roberts
A t the age of 72, Mary Delany, née Mary Granville (1700–1788),

embarked upon a series of nearly a thousand botanical collages, or
“paper mosaics,” which would prove to be the crowning achievement of
her rich creative life. These delicate hand-cut floral designs, made by a
method of Mrs. Delany’s own invention, vie with the finest botanical
works of her time. More than two centuries later her extraordinary work
continues to inspire.
Although best known for these collages, Mrs. Delany was also an amateur
artist, woman of fashion, and commentator on life and society in 18th-
century England and Ireland. Her prolific craft activities not only served
to cement personal bonds of friendship, but also allowed her to negotiate Exhibition schedule:
the interconnecting artistic, aristocratic, and scientific networks that sur-
♦ Yale Center for British Art
rounded her. This ambitious and groundbreaking book, the first to survey (9/24/09 – 1/3/10)
the full range of Mrs. Delany’s creative endeavors, reveals the complexity
♦ Sir John Soane’s Museum, London
of her engagement with natural science, fashion, and design.
(2/18/10 – 5/1/10)
Published in association with the Yale

Center for British Art
M A R K L A I R D is Senior Lecturer in the Department of Landscape

Architecture, Harvard Graduate School of Design. A L I C I A September Art/Decorative Arts
W E I S B E R G - R O B E R T S is assistant curator of 18th and 19th 416 pp. 10 b/w + 300 color illus. 9 1/2 x 12
century art at the Walters Art Museum, Baltimore. 978-0-300-14279-2 $75.00
HANGING FIRE
Contemporary Art from Pakistan
Salima Hashmi
With contributions from Iftikhar Dadi, Carla Petievich, Ayesha Jalal,
Quddus Mirza, Naazish Ata-Ullah, and Mohsin Hamid
A ccompanying the first U.S. museum exhibition devoted to contem-

porary art from Pakistan, this dynamic catalogue provides a ground-
breaking look at recent and current trends in Pakistani art. Hanging Fire
covers a fascinating range of subjects and media, from installation and
video art to sculpture, drawing, and paintings in the “contemporary minia-
ture” tradition. Essays by distinguished contributors from a variety of
fields, including Salima Hashmi, Pakistani-American sociologist and histo-
rian Ayesha Jalal, and the celebrated novelist Mohsin Hamid, place con-
temporary Pakistani art in a cultural, historical, and artistic perspective.
The book’s title, Hanging Fire, alludes to the contemporary economic,
♦ Asia Society and Museum
political, and social tensions—both local and global—from which these
(9/10/09 – 1/3/10)
artists find their creative inspiration. It may also suggest to the viewer
to delay judgment, particularly based on assumptions or preconceived Distributed for the Asia Society Museum
notions about contemporary society and artistic expression in Pakistan
today.
September Art
S A L I M A H A S H M I is dean of the School of Visual Arts at 160 pp. 90 color illus. 9 x 12
Beaconhouse National University in Lehore, Pakistan. 978-0-300-15418-4 $49.95
12
Art & Architecture
LEONARDO DA VINCI AND
THE ART OF SCULPTURE
Gary M. Radke
With contributions by Andrea Bernardoni, Martin J. Kemp,
Pietro C. Marani, Tommaso Mozzati, Philippe Sènèchal, and
Darin Stine
An innovative look at Leonardo through the

lens of the sculpture that he studied, the
sculptural projects that he undertook, and the
sculptural works that he inspired
L eonardo da Vinci (1452–1519) is renowned as a

painter, designer, draftsman, architect, engineer, sci-
entist, and theorist. His work as a sculptor is not com-
monly acknowledged, and many have argued that
Leonardo believed that sculpture was an inferior art form
♦ High Museum of Art, Atlanta
(“of lesser genius than painting”). Challenging and over- (10/03/09 – 02/21/10)
turning these assumptions, Leonardo da Vinci and the Art
♦ J. Paul Getty Museum
of Sculpture looks at the sculptural projects that the artist (3/23/10 – 6/20/10)
undertook, as well as the late Renaissance sculptures that
Published in association with
were indebted to him. the High Museum of Art
Leonardo consistently drew inspiration from ancient

sculpture, admired the work of such contemporary sculp-
tural innovators as Donatello, and even trained under
Andrea del Verrocchio, the preeminent bronze sculptor of
late 15th-century Florence. Furthermore, Leonardo spent
many years of his life working on two larger-than-life-sized
horse sculptures—Sforza and Trivulzio—for King Francis I.
Although neither was completed, the authors argue that
these equestrian monuments show how Leonardo was
intensely engaged with the design dilemmas of represent-
ing a horse rearing on its hind legs. Another highlight of
the book is a group of new images of the Sermon of St.
John, a recently restored large-scale work in the Florentine
Baptistery that clearly demonstrates Leonardo’s collabora-
tion with Giovanni Rustici.
October Art
G A R Y M . R A D K E is Professor of Fine Arts at Syracuse University. 978-0-300-15473-3 $50.00
13
Art & Architecture
CHAOTIC HARMONY
Contemporary Korean Photography
Anne Wilkes Tucker and Karen Sinsheimer
With Bohnchang Koo
R ecently contemporary Korean art has garnered significant interna-

tional recognition, in part for the work of photographers Atta Kim
and Bae Bien-U. Now, this richly illustrated book brings their work togeth-
er with that of forty other up-and-coming Korean artists, each working to
stretch the bounds of the photographic medium. One of the first books
on the subject, Chaotic Harmony features essays by Anne Wilkes Tucker
and Karen Sinsheimer exploring the notions of urbanization, politics,
identity, community, globalization, tradition, and fantasy in today’s
Korean photography. A chronology of recent developments, prepared by
noted photographer Bohnchang Koo, also accompanies brief biographies Exhibition schedule:
of the artists, as well as a complete checklist of the exhibition. This cata- ♦ The Museum of Fine Arts, Houston
logue sheds a new light on Korean photographers’ little-known contribu- (10/18/09 – 1/3/10)
tions to the world arena of contemporary art.
♦ Santa Barbara Museum of Art
(5/10 – 7/10)
Distributed for The Museum of Fine

Arts, Houston, and the Santa Barbara
A N N E W I L K E S T U C K E R is the Gus and Lyndall Wortham Curator
Museum of Art
of Photography at The Museum of Fine Arts, Houston. She is the author
of The Great Wall of China: Photographs by Chen Changfen and coau- October Photography
thor of The History of Japanese Photography. K A R E N S I N S H E I M E R 128 pp. 65 color illus. 8 3/4 x 10 1/2
is the curator of photography at the Santa Barbara Museum of Art. paper 978-0-300-15753-6 $35.00
SERIZAWA
Master of Japanese Textile Design
Edited by Joe Earle
With contributions by Kim Brandt, Matthew Fraleigh,
Shukuko Hamada, Terry Satsuki Milhaupt, Hiroshi Mizuo, and
Amanda Mayer Stinchecum
D esignated a Living National Treasure in 1956, Serizawa Keisuke

(1895–1984) was one of the greatest artists of 20th-century
Japan. This is the first book in English to trace Serizawa’s artistic biog-
raphy in detail using the finest examples of his work from leading
Japanese collections.
A major exponent of the mingei (people’s crafts) movement, Serizawa

achieved fame as a textile designer using traditional stencil-dyeing tech-
niques and often working in large-scale formats such as folding screens ♦ Japan Society Gallery, New York
or kimonos. The stunning works in this catalogue are important not only (10/2/09 – 1/10/10)
for the originality of their conception, but also for the variety of their Published in association with
materials: cotton, silk, hemp and a range of other fibers, and paper dec- the Japan Society
orated with the brilliant yet warm hues of vegetable dyes. Dramatic in
design, Serizawa’s textiles have an expressive power that far transcends
expectations of a “craft” medium.
J O E E A R L E is vice president and director of the gallery at Japan

Society in New York City. He is the author of New Bamboo: October Art
Contemporary Japanese Masters and Buriki: Japanese Tin Toys from 144 pp. 145 color illus. 10 x 9 1/2
the Golden Age of the American Automobile. paper with flaps 978-0-300-15047-6 $35.00
14
Art & Architecture
P H I L A D E L P H I A M U S E U M O F A RT
ARSHILE GORKY
A Retrospective
Edited by Michael R. Taylor
With essays by Michael R. Taylor, Kim S. Theriault,
Jody Patterson, Harry Cooper, and Robert Storr
Chronology by Melissa Kerr
The first major retrospective in a generation

on a seminal figure in the development of
American abstraction
A rshile Gorky (c. 1904–1948) was one of the cen-

tral figures in American art’s shift toward abstrac-
tion during the first half of the 20th century.
Accompanying the first major retrospective of his work in Exhibition schedule:
almost thirty years, this stunning book traces the evolu- ♦ Philadelphia Museum of Art
tion of Gorky’s arresting visual style. Nearly 200 paint- (10/15/09 – 1/10/10)
ings, drawings, sculptures, and prints from all phases of ♦ Tate Modern, London
his career, a number of which are published here for the (2/10 – 5/10)
first time, are beautifully reproduced, including a large fig- ♦ Museum of Contemporary Art,
urative painting from 1927 known previously only Los Angeles (6/10 – 9/10)
through its preparatory studies. Throughout the volume, Published in association with the
some of Gorky’s best-known and most powerful works Philadelphia Museum of Art
are paired with related pieces or with meticulous prelim-
inary studies, shedding new light on his artistic process.
Illustrated essays incorporating recently discovered biog-
raphical information and photographs examine his expe-
rience of the Armenian genocide (during which he wit-
nessed the death of his mother), his collaboration with
the Works Progress Administration, and his early explo-
rations of abstraction and Surrealism, providing impor-
tant reassessments of his life and career.
Admired by many of his contemporaries and hugely influ-

ential on subsequent generations of artists, Gorky created
a complex and deeply moving body of work that encom-
passes styles ranging from Impressionism to Cubism,
Surrealism, and the beginnings of Abstract Expressionism.
M I C H A E L R . TAY L O R is the Muriel and Philip Berman Curator

of Modern Art at the Philadelphia Museum of Art. He is also the
author of Marcel Duchamp: Étant donnés (page 5) and an intro- October Art
duction to the revised edition of Duchamp’s Manual of Instructions 400 pp. 40 b/w + 270 color illus. 9 x 11 3/4
for Étant donnés (page 5). 978-0-300-15441-2 $65.00
15
Art & Architecture
NEXUS NEW YORK
Latin/American Artists in the Modern Metropolis
Joaquín Torres-García, Fourteenth Street, 1920. Oil on board,

Edited by Deborah Cullen
With essays by Elvis Fuentes, Michele Greet, Katherine Manthorne,
22 x 18 inches. Courtesy CDS Gallery, New York.

Katy Rogers, Antonio Saborit, Cecilia de Torres, and James Weschler
B etween 1900 and 1942, New York City was the site of extraordi-
nary creative exchange where artists could share ideas in a glob-
al context. The swiftly changing urban landscape before and between
the World Wars inspired the erosion of artistic boundaries and fostered
a new climate of modernist experimentation. Nexus New York focuses
on key artists from the Caribbean and Latin America who entered into
dynamic cultural and social dialogues with the American-based avant-
garde and participated in the development of a new modern discourse.
Featuring both celebrated and little-known figures of this period, includ-
ing Carlos Enríquez, Alice Neel, Marius de Zayas, Francis Picabia, Exhibition schedule:
Joaquín Torres-Garcia, Matta, Robert Motherwell, and José Clemente ♦ El Museo del Barrio, New York
Orozco, contributing authors also discuss the specific environments in (10/17/09 – 2/28/10)
which they flourished, including the Art Students League, the Siqueiros
Published in association with El Museo
Experimental Workshop, and the New School for Social Research. A fas- del Barrio, New York
cinating look at 20th-century modernism, this book provides the first
view of the important encounters between artists of the Americas.
Bilingual English/Spanish
September Art
D E B O R A H C U L L E N is Director of Curatorial Programs at El Museo 272 pp. 30 b/w & 60 color illus. 8 x 10
del Barrio. paper with flaps 978-0-300-15896-0 $45.00
STEVE WOLFE ON PAPER

Carter E. Foster and Franklin Sirmans
W orking in the tradition of trompe l’oeil, Steve Wolfe (b. 1955)

creates careful replicas of classic books, worn album covers,
and vinyl records, crafted from modeling paste, screenprints, drawings,
and many other media. Wolfe’s reproductions embrace the tattered
jackets, aged paper, and worn corners that come with the consumption
of the culture within. These marks become records of time and memo-
ry representing the intersection of abstract thought and physical sub-
stance. With painstakingly composed illusion, these objects fall within
the tradition of trompe l’oeil and blur the line between everyday object
and art.
This book focuses on Wolfe’s works on paper, including drawings and

pieces that combine drawing with painting, collage, and printmaking.
Although his work is included in numerous museum collections and has Exhibition schedule:
appeared in several group shows, this is the first major publication on ♦ Whitney Museum of American Art,
this important emerging artist. New York (9/09 – 11/09)
♦ The Menil Collection, Houston
(4/12/10 – 8/15/10)
Distributed for the Whitney Museum of

American Art and The Menil Collection
C A R T E R E . F O S T E R is curator and curator of drawings at the
October Art
Whitney Museum of American Art. F R A N K L I N S I R M A N S is
96 pp. 45 color illus. 7 1/2 x 11 1/4
curator of modern and contemporary art at The Menil Collection. 978-0-300-15898-4 $19.95
16
Art & Architecture
T H E M E T R O P O L I TA N M U S E U M O F A R T
AMERICAN STORIES
Paintings of Everyday Life, 1765–1915
Edited by H. Barbara Weinberg
and Carrie Rebora Barratt
Essays by Carrie Rebora Barratt, Margaret C. Conrads,
Bruce Robertson, and H. Barbara Weinberg
A fresh look at American narrative painting
T his beautiful volume explores American paintings

of people engaged in the tasks and pleasures of
everyday life between the colonial era and World War I.
These works reflect key historical and cultural develop-
ments, including the growth of industrialization, urbaniza-
tion, and immigration; changing gender roles; and the Exhibition schedule:
shifting location and meaning of the frontier. ♦ The Metropolitan Museum of Art
(10/6/09 – 1/24/10)
Focusing on leading artists, from John Singleton Copley to
♦ Los Angeles County Museum of Art
John Sloan, the authors address narrative content in colo- (2/28/10 – 5/23/10)
nial and early national portraits; genre scenes of the
Jacksonian period; images from the Civil War era; and The Metropolitan Museum of Art
works by American Impressionists and realists in the
decades before and after 1900. Like the exhibition it
accompanies, the book reflects transformations in artists’
aspirations and viewers’ expectations as America evolved
from isolated British outpost to leading independent par-
ticipant in international affairs.
H . B A R B A R A W E I N B E R G is Alice Pratt Brown Curator of

American Paintings and Sculpture, The Metropolitan Museum of
Art. C A R R I E R E B O R A B A R R AT T is Curator of American
Paintings and Sculpture and Manager of The Henry R. Luce
Center for the Study of American Art, The Metropolitan Museum
of Art. M A R G A R E T C . C O N R A D S is Samuel Sosland
Curator of American Art, The Nelson-Atkins Museum of Art,
Kansas City, Missouri. B R U C E R O B E R T S O N is Professor of
Art History, University of California, Santa Barbara, and October Art
Consulting Curator, Department of American Art, Los Angeles 256 pp. 70 b/w + 135 color illus. 9 x 12
County Museum of Art. 978-0-300-15508-2 $65.00
17
Art & Architecture
WATTEAU, MUSIC, AND THEATER
Edited by Katharine Baetjer
With contributions by Pierre Rosenberg, Katharine Baetjer, Perrin
Stein, Jeffrey Munger, Jayson Dobney, and Georgia J. Cowart
A ccompanying an exhibition in honor of Philippe de Montebello,

Director Emeritus of The Metropolitan Museum of Art, this engag-
ing book examines the influence of music and theater on the art of
Jean-Antoine Watteau (1684–1721). Fifteen major paintings and a
number of drawings by Watteau that illustrate the connections between
painting and the performing arts in Paris are explored. In addition,
drawings and prints by other 18th-century artists featuring musical or
theatrical subjects and objects and musical instruments are included. Exhibition schedule:
♦ The Metropolitan Museum of Art
(9/22/09 – 11/29/09)

K AT H A R I N E B A E T J E R is a Curator in the Metropolitan
Museum’s Department of European Paintings. P I E R R E
R O S E N B E R G is Honorary President-Director of the Musée du
Louvre, Paris. P E R R I N S T E I N is a Curator in the Department of
Drawings and Prints, J E F F R E Y M U N G E R is Curator in the
Department of European Sculpture and Decorative Arts, and
J AY S O N D O B N E Y is an Associate Curator in the Department of October Art
Musical Instruments. G E O R G I A J . C O WA R T is Professor of 176 pp. 10 b/w + 75 color illus. 10 x 9
Music at Case Western Reserve University. 978-0-300-15507-5 $45.00
HEROES
Mortals and Myths in Ancient Greece
Edited by Sabine Albersmeier
With essays by Michael J. Anderson, Jorge J. Bravo III,
Gunnel Ekroth, Ralf von den Hoff, Jennifer Larson, Jenifer Neils,
John H. Oakley, Corinne Ondine Pache, and H. A. Shapiro
T his handsome volume explores the integral role of heroes in

ancient Greek art and culture. More than a hundred stunning stat-
ues, reliefs, vases, bronzes, coins, and gems drawn from major
American and European collections highlight how heroes were repre-
sented, why they were important, and what encouraged individuals to
seek them out.
To contemporary eyes, Greek heroes embody contradiction: they might Exhibition schedule:
have superhuman powers, but their mortality was what made them ♦ Walters Art Museum, Baltimore
heroic. Many were regarded as benevolent ancestors with powers to pro- (10/11/09 – 1/3/10)
tect and heal, but others were dangerous and haunted spirits of the ♦ The Frist Center for the Visual Arts,
dead, who had to be appeased. Although epic, drama, and the visual Nashville (1/29/10 – 4/25/10)
arts abound in representations of heroes whose fame has carried over ♦ San Diego Museum of Art
into modern times, cult and funerary architecture commemorate many (5/22/10 – 8/25/10)
more individuals whose names and deeds are entirely lost to us. ♦ Onassis Cultural Center, New York
(10/4/10 – 1/3/11)
Distributed for the Walters Art Museum
October Art/Classics
S A B I N E A L B E R S M E I E R is associate curator of ancient art at 320 pp. 80 b/w + 130 color illus. 10 1/2 x 12
the Walters Art Museum, Baltimore. 978-0-300-15472-6 $65.00
18
Art & Architecture
AMERICAN BEAUTY
Aesthetics and Innovation in Fashion
Patricia Mears
A stunning tribute to great American fashion

designers—both the famous and little known—
of the 20th century
T his beautifully illustrated book is the first to exam-

ine the relationship between innovation and aes-
thetics as expressed by American couturiers and fashion
Ralph Rucci, black silk jersey fluted top, duchess satin skirt with
bleached brushstrokes, fall/winter 2003. Photo: William Palmer
designers from the late 1910s to the present day. The book,
which accompanies a major exhibition at The Museum at
♦ The Museum at the Fashion Institute
the Fashion Institute of Technology, New York, reveals that
of Technology (11/09 – 1/10)
great design and great style were consistent elements in
the work of American’s best fashion designers.
The Museum at the Fashion Institute of
Technology
Patricia Mears introduces many great forgotten figures, as
well as many familiar names: work by lesser-known fig-
ures such as Jessie Franklin Turner, Ronaldus Shamask,
and Charles Kleibecker is discussed alongside pieces by
more celebrated creators, such as Halston and Charles
James; work by designers of the past is juxtaposed with
that of present-day designers such as Rick Owens, Yeolee
Teng, and Maria Comejo. James’s grand and structurally
imposing gowns from the 1950s appear alongside con-
temporary Infantas by Ralph Rucci; the section on draping
juxtaposes 1930s gowns by Elizabeth Hawes and
Valentina with more contemporary garments by Jean Yu
and Isabel Toledo; clothing cut into pure geometric shapes
like circles, triangles, and rectangles is illustrated by World
War I–era teagowns by Jessie Franklin Turner, Claire
McCardell’s mid-century rompers garments, and modern
sportswear by Yeohlee and Shamask.
While the United States may be best known worldwide for

its casual mass-marketed garments, Mears demonstrates
that artistry, innovation, and flawless construction are the
true marks of American fashion.
PAT R I C I A M E A R S is deputy director of The Museum at the

Fashion Institute of Technology. She is the author of Madame January Fashion
Grès: Sphinx of Fashion and coauthor of Ralph Rucci: The Art of 192 pp. 120 color illus. 9 1/2 x 12
978-0-300-15535-8 $55.00
Weightlessness.
19
Art & Architecture
UNPACKING MY LIBRARY
Architects and their Books
Jo Steffens
“I am unpacking my library. Yes, I am.

. . . What I am really concerned with is
giving you some insight into the relationship
of a book collector to his possessions, into
collecting rather than a collection.”
—Walter Benjamin, 1931
Peter Eisenman at home in New York with his library, 2008.
W hat does a library say about the mind of its

owner? How do books map the intellectual
interests, curiosities, tastes, and personalities of their
readers? What does the collecting of books have in Unpacking My Library features the libraries of:
common with the practice of architecture? Unpacking Stan Allen; Henry Cobb; Liz Diller & Ric Scofidio;
My Library provides an intimate look at the personal Peter Eisenman; Michael Graves; Steven Holl;
Richard Meier; Toshiko Mori; Michael Sorkin;
libraries of fourteen of the world’s leading architects, Bernard Tschumi; Todd Williams & Billie Tsien
alongside conversations about the significance of
books to their careers and lives.
Photographs of bookshelves—displaying well-loved

and rare volumes, eclectic organizational schemes,
and the individual touches that make a bookshelf
one’s own—provide an evocative glimpse of their
owner’s life. Each architect also presents a reading list
of top ten influential titles, from architectural history to
theory to fiction and nonfiction, that serves as a per-
sonal philosophy of literature and history, and advice
on what every young architect, scholar, and lover of
architecture should read.
An inspiring cross-section of notable libraries, this

beautiful book celebrates the arts of reading and col-
lecting.
Published in association with Urban Center

Books, The Architecture Bookstore of the
Municipal Art Society of New York
November Architecture/Books about Books

J O S T E F F E N S is director of Urban Center Books and editor of
208 pp. 24 b/w + 284 color illus. 8 x 5 1/2
Block by Block: Jane Jacobs and the Future of New York City.
978-0-300-15893-9 $20.00
20
Art & Architecture
THE JEWISH MUSEUM
ALIAS MAN RAY

Mason Klein
With contributions by George Baker, Merry L. Foresta, and
Lauren Schell Dickens
“[An artist] so deforms the subject as almost

to hide the identity of the original, and
creates a new form.”—Man Ray
B orn Emmanuel Radnitzky, the artist known as Man

Ray (1890–1976) revealed multiple artistic identi-
ties over the course of his career—New York Dadaist,
Parisian Surrealist, international portraitist, and fashion
photographer—and produced important works as a pho-
tographer, painter, filmmaker, writer, and maker of
♦ The Jewish Museum, New York
objects. Alias Man Ray considers how the artist’s life and (11/15/09 – 3/14/10)
career were shaped by his turn-of-the-century American
Published in association with The Jewish
Jewish immigrant experience and his lifelong evasion of Museum, New York
his past.
As an exploration of the artist’s deliberate cultural ambi-

guity, which allowed him to become the first American
artist to be accepted by the Paris avant garde, this book
examines the dynamic connection between Man Ray’s
working-class origins, his assimilation, the evolution of
his art, and his willful construction of his own artistic
persona, as evidenced in a series of subtle, encrypted
self-references throughout the artist’s career. Beautifully
illustrated, Alias Man Ray will stand as a definitive study
of an incomparable figure in 20th-century art.
M A S O N K L E I N is curator of fine arts at The Jewish Museum.

G E O R G E B A K E R is associate professor of art history at the
University of California, Los Angeles. L A U R E N S C H E L L
D I C K E N S is the Neubauer Family Foundation Curatorial November Art
Assistant at The Jewish Museum. M E R R Y L . F O R E S TA is the 288 pp. 54 b/w + 192 color illus. 9 1/2 x 11
founding director of the Smithsonian Photography Initiative. 978-0-300-14683-7 $50.00
21
Art & Architecture
AN INTRODUCTION TO ART
Charles Harrison
An illuminating guide to understanding works

of art made across time, cultures, and media
T his original and inspiring book offers a clear and

wide-ranging introduction to the arts of painting
and sculpture, to the principal artistic print media, and to
the visual arts of modernism and post-modernism.
Covering the entire history of art from Paleolithic cave
painting to contemporary art, it provides foundational
guidance to the basic character and techniques of the dif-
ferent art forms, to the various genres of painting in the
western tradition, and to the techniques of sculpture as
they have been practiced over several millenia and across
a wide range of cultures. Written in a style that is at once
graceful, engaging, and personal as well as analytical and
exact, this illuminating book offers an impassioned and
timely defense of the importance and value of the first-
hand encounter with works of art, whether in museums or
in their original locations.
Designed to be useful and attractive to students and teach-

ers of art, art history, and aesthetics, the book will appeal
also to the interested general reader and to those visitors
to museums and exhibitions who welcome guidance to
the objects on display, and to the means of gaining the
maximum pleasure and instruction from them. The 250
color illustrations, each with generous, informative cap-
tions, include both well-known works and a host of less
familiar examples from different cultures and periods. Bronziono, Portrait of Lucrezia Panciatichi, c.1540, Galleria degli
Uffizi, Florence. Photo: Scala
Clara Peters, Still Life with Cheeses, Artichokes and Cherries,

c.1626, Los Angeles County Museum of Art
Michelangelo, New Sacristy, San Lorenzo, Florence, showing tomb

of Lorenzo de Medici, 1519-33, marble
C H A R L E S H A R R I S O N is Emeritus Professor of the History and

Theory of Art, The Open University. He is the author of numerous
books including English Art and Modernism 1900–1939 and,
most recently, Since 1950: Art and Its Criticism (page 32). He is November Art
co-author of French Painting in the Nineteenth Century, Primitivism, 300 pp. 250 color illus. 7 1/2 x 10
Cubism, Abstraction, and Modernism in Dispute. paper with flaps 978-0-300-10915-3 $50.00
22
Art & Architecture
INTERACTION OF COLOR
New Complete Edition
Josef Albers
Foreword by Nicholas Fox Weber
A luxurious new two-volume edition of the full

set of original plates, text, and commentary
O ne of the most influential books on color ever

published, Josef Albers’s Interaction of Color is a
masterwork. Originally issued in 1963 as a limited-edition
Plate IV-3, Interaction of Color
set of commentary and 150 silkscreened color plates, the

book introduced generations of students, artists, design-
Published in association with the Josef and
ers, and collectors to Albers’s unique approach to complex Anni Albers Foundation
principles.
✦ ALSO AVAILABLE:
While the original publication has long been out of print,
this beautiful new edition now brings Interaction back into Interaction of Color
Revised and Expanded Edition
classrooms, studios, and onto bookshelves, where it will paper (S ‘06) 978-0-300-11595-6 $15.00
find an eager new audience. Lavishly produced as a two-

volume slipcased set, this book replicates Albers’s revolu- More than 250,000 copies of
Interaction of Color have been sold
tionary exercises, explaining concepts such as color rela-
in its various editions
tivity and vibrating and vanishing boundaries through the
use of color, shape, die-cut forms, and movable flaps that
illustrate his astonishing demonstrations of the changing
and relative nature of color. Also included for the first time
are new studies from the Albers archive, produced by the
artist’s students in the early 1960s.
A celebration of Albers’s legendary achievements, this

beautiful publication is an essential addition to any serious
art library.
J O S E F A L B E R S , one of the most influential artist-educators of

the 20th century, was a member of the Bauhaus group in
Germany during the 1920s. In 1933 he came to the United
States, where he taught at Black Mountain College for sixteen
years. In 1950 he joined the faculty at Yale University as chairman
of the Department of Design. The recipient of numerous awards November Art
and honorary degrees, Albers was elected to the National Institute Cloth set (slipcased)
of Arts and Letters in 1968 and was professor emeritus of art at Volume 1: 144 pp. Volume 2: 156 pp.
Yale until his death in 1976. N I C H O L A S F O X W E B E R is 150 color illus. 11 x 13 1/2
Executive Director of the Josef and Anni Albers Foundation. 978-0-300-14693-6 $200.00
23
Art & Architecture
T H E M E T R O P O L I TA N M U S E U M O F A R T
ART OF THE SAMURAI

Japanese Arms and Armor, 1156–1868
Edited by Morihiro Ogawa
A magnificent and unprecedented survey of

the arts of the samurai
S amurai arms and equipment are widely recog-

nized as masterpieces in steel, silk, and lacquer.
This extensively illustrated volume is published in con-
junction with the first comprehensive exhibition devot-
ed to the arts of the samurai. It includes the finest exam-
ples of swords—the spirit of the samurai—as well as
sword mountings and fittings, armor and helmets, sad-
♦ The Metropolitan Museum of Art
dles, banners, and paintings. The objects in the cata- (10/20/09 – 1/10/10)
logue, drawn entirely from public and private collections
in Japan, feature more than 100 officially designated The Metropolitan Museum of Art
national treasures and important cultural properties.
Dating from the 5th to the 19th century, these majestic
works offer a complete picture of samurai culture and
its unique blend of the martial and the refined.
Many of the greatest Japanese blade makers are repre-

sented in this volume, from the earliest koto- (“old sword”)
masters such as Yasuie (12th century) and Tomomitsu
(14th century) to the Edo-period smiths Nagasone Kotetsu
and Kiyomaro. These blades, cherished as much for their
beauty as for their effectiveness, were equipped with elab-
orate hilts and scabbards prized for their exquisite crafts-
manship and materials, including silk, rayskin, gold, lac-
quer, and alloys unique to Japan, such as shakudo- and
shibuichi. Japanese armor is also fully surveyed, from the
rarest iron armor of the Kofun period (5th century) to the
inventive ceremonial helmets made toward the end of the
age of the samurai.
November Art/Decorative Arts

M O R I H I R O O G AWA is Special Consultant for Japanese 304 pp. 75 b/w + 300 color illus. 9 x 11
Arms and Armor, The Metropolitan Museum of Art. 978-0-300-14205-1 $65.00
24
Art & Architecture
N AT I O N A L G A L L E R Y, L O N D O N
THE SACRED MADE REAL

Spanish Painting and Sculpture 1600–1700
Xavier Bray, Alfonso Rodriguez G. de
Ceballos, Daphne Barbour, and Judy Ozone
With contributions by Eleanora Luciano, Marjorie Trusted, Rocio
Izquierdo Moreno, Maria Fernanda Morón de Castro, Maria del
Valme Muñoz Rubio, and Ignacio Hermoso Romero
An in-depth examination of sacred painting

and sculpture in early modern Spain
I n 16th- and 17th-century Spain, sculptors and painters

combined their skills to depict, with astonishing real-
ism, the great religious themes. Wooden sculptures of the
saints, the Immaculate Conception, or the Passion of Christ
were painstakingly carved, gessoed, and intricately paint-
♦ National Gallery, London
ed, even embellished with glass eyes and tears and ivory
(10/09 – 1/10)
teeth. Some were shockingly graphic in their depiction of
♦ National Gallery of Art, Washington,
Christ’s sufferings; others, beautifully clothed, appeared to
D.C. (2/10 – 5/10)
bring saints to glorious life. These were objects of divine
Published by National Gallery Company/
inspiration to the faithful, whether displayed on altars or
Distributed by Yale University Press
processed through the streets on holy days.
Featuring new photography, this book reappraises the

unique form of Spanish painted wooden sculpture. In
addition to examining the sculptures’ religious roles, it
also explores the unique creative relationship of sculptor
and painter: Velazquez’s teacher and father-in-law
Francisco Pacheco, for example, often painted the flesh
and drapery of wood carvings by the celebrated sculptor
Juan Martinez Montañés, and taught a generation of stu-
dents. The skill of painting these hyper-realistic sculptures
was an integral part of an artist’s training, enhancing his
sensitivity to visual impact and physical presence—evi-
dent in paintings of the period.
X AV I E R B R AY is Assistant Curator of Seventeenth and Eighteenth-

Century Painting at the National Gallery, London. A L F O N S O
R O D R I G U E Z G . D E C E B A L L O S was formerly Professor at the
Universidad Autonoma, Madrid. D A P H N E B A R B O U R is a Senior November Art
Objects Conservator and J U D Y O Z O N E is a Senior Objects 224 pp. 185 color illus. 9 2/3 x 11 1/4
Conservator, both at the National Gallery of Art, Washington D.C. 978-1-85709-422-0 $65.00
25
Art & Architecture
A RT I N S T I T U T E O F C H I CAG O
APOSTLES OF BEAUTY
Arts and Crafts from Britain to Chicago
Edited by Judith A. Barter
With essays by Judith A. Barter, Sarah E. Kelly,
Ellen E. Roberts, Brandon K. Ruud, and Monica Obniski
An attractive and accessible survey of the Arts

and Crafts movement from its beginnings in
Britain to its influence on midwestern
American design and modernism
T he Arts and Crafts movement in architecture, interi-

or design, and decorative arts reached its peak
between 1880 and 1910 in Britain and North America. The
movement’s emphasis on aesthetic quality and a high level
of craftsmanship, promoted as an antidote to the ubiquity
and uninspired appearance of machine-produced prod-
ucts, remains much admired today. Arts and Crafts enjoyed
♦ The Art Institute of Chicago
special resonance in Chicago, the home of Jane Addams’s
(11/7/09 – 1/31/10)
Hull House, where immigrants and women received train-
Distributed for the Art Institute of Chicago
ing in handicraft skills not only to beautify domestic life but
also to provide them with viable, honorable work.
Apostles of Beauty presents outstanding examples by the

movement’s British originators, such as William Morris
and Charles Robert Ashbee, as well as its greatest
American practitioners, such as Gustav Stickley and Frank
Lloyd Wright. The volume highlights a wide range of
objects, including ceramics, furniture, metalwork, paint-
ings, photographs, and textiles. It focuses on Chicago’s
absorption and interpretation of the movement, featuring
works from the Art Institute, the University of Chicago, the
Frank Lloyd Wright Home and Studio, Crab Tree Farm,
and private collections. Contributors to the book explore
the complex influences of the Arts and Crafts style and
provide a thematic history of the movement, including a
section on design and collecting in Chicago.
J U D I T H A . B A R T E R is the Field-McCormick Chair and Curator

of American Art; S A R A H E . K E L LY is the Henry and Gilda
Buchbinder Family Associate Curator of American Art; E L L E N E .
R O B E R T S is Assistant Curator of American Art; B R A N D O N K .
R U U D is Assistant Research Curator of American Art; and
November Decorative Arts/Art
M O N I C A O B N I S K I is a Research and Exhibition Assistant in the
Department of American Art, all at the Art Institute of Chicago.
978-0-300-14113-9 $45.00
26
Art & Architecture
A RT I N S T I T U T E O F C H I CAG O
PLAYING WITH PICTURES

The Art of Victorian Photocollage
Elizabeth Siegel
With essays by Patrizia Di Bello and Marta Weiss
Contributions by Miranda Hofelt
A fascinating exploration of whimsical and

fantastical photocollages, an unknown facet
of Victorian art
H uman heads on animal bodies, people in fanciful

landscapes, faces that are deftly morphed into
common household objects—these are among the Exhibition schedule:
Victorian experiments in photocollage seen and explained ♦ Art Institute of Chicago
(10/10/09 – 1/3/10)
in this marvelous book. With sharp wit and dramatic shifts
of scale, these images flouted the serious conventions of ♦ The Metropolitan Museum of Art,
New York (2/2/10 – 5/9/10)
photography in the 1860s and 1870s. Often made by
women for albums, they reveal the educated minds and Distributed for the Art Institute of Chicago
accomplished hands of their makers, taking on the new
theory of evolution, addressing the changing role of pho-
tography, and challenging the strict conventions of aristo-
cratic society. Although these photocollages may seem
wonderfully odd to us now, the authors argue that they are
actually perfectly in keeping with the Victorian sensibility
that embraced juxtaposition and variety.
This delightful book, the first to examine comprehensive-

ly the little-known phenomenon of Victorian photocollage,
presents imagery that has rarely—and, in many cases,
never—been displayed or reproduced. Illuminating text
provides a history of Victorian photocollage albums, iden-
tifies the common motifs found in them, and demon-
strates the distinctly modern character of the medium,
which paved the way for the future avant-garde potential
of both photography and collage.
E L I Z A B E T H S I E G E L is Associate Curator of Photography at

the Art Institute of Chicago. PAT R I Z I A D I B E L L O is a lecturer
in the history and theory of photography at Birkbeck College,
University of London. M A R TA W E I S S is the Curator of October Photography/Art History
Photographs in the Word and Image Department at the Victoria 200 pp. 40 b/w + 140 color illus. 11 x 9 3/4
978-0-300-14114-6 $45.00
and Albert Museum.
27
Art & Architecture
ARCHITECTURE ON THE EDGE OF
POSTMODERNISM
Collected Essays, 1964–1988
Robert A. M. Stern
Edited by Cynthia Davidson
R obert A. M. Stern is one of contemporary architecture’s most

influential figures, with a career encompassing every facet of the
profession: he has a flourishing private practice; he is a noted author-
ity on New York architectural history; his own architectural work has
been featured in numerous monographs; and as Dean of the Yale
School of Architecture, he has undeniably shaped the field of architec-
tural education.
As a preeminent force in the discourse of the field, Stern was one of the
first critics to use and analyze the term “postmodern” in architecture.
This collection of essays—Stern’s first—brackets the years defined by the
changes in architectural thinking introduced by Robert Venturi in 1966
and the exhibition Deconstructivist Architecture at the Museum of
Modern Art in 1988. Throughout, Stern provides close readings of archi-
tectural events and offers firsthand accounts of transformations in archi-
tectural thinking during a critical period.
R O B E R T A. M. S T E R N is J. M. Hoppin Professor of Architecture and November Architecture

the Dean of the School of Architecture at Yale University. C Y N T H I A 208 pp. 89 b/w illus. 7 1/2 x 10
D AV I D S O N is the editor of the architecture journal Log. 978-0-300-15397-2 $40.00
KONSTANTIN GRCIC
Decisive Design
Zoë Ryan
T he hip, functional, and versatile furniture and products of

Konstantin Grcic—widely recognized as one of the most important
MIURA barstool, 2005, produced by PLANK
designers working today—are transforming the landscape of contem-
porary design. This book accompanies the first exhibition in North
America of Grcic’s work, highlighting the innovative archetypes of form
and concept that have marked his remarkable output since 2004.
Photo: Florian Böhm
Grcic delights in creating fresh takes on familiar industrial objects,

whether desks, chairs, benches, stools, a range of kitchen equipment,
lamps, a set of salad servers, or Krups coffee makers. In his recent work,
he has blended his characteristic simplicity and distinctiveness with the
use of new technologies and materials—for example, a cantilevered
stacking chair, Myto (2008), is made from a strong, fluid plastic typical- Exhibition schedule:
ly used by the automotive industry. ♦ The Art Institute of Chicago
(10/17/09 – 1/10/10)
Distributed for the Art Institute of Chicago
♦ A+D Series
November Design
Z O Ë R YA N is the Neville Bryan Curator of Design in the Department 96 pp. 90 color illus. 5 5/16 x 8 1/2
of Architecture and Design at the Art Institute of Chicago. paper 978-0-300-15104-6 $16.95
28
Art & Architecture
MODERN ARCHITECTURE
Representation and Reality
Neil Levine
An original and absorbing interpretation of

the history of modern architecture, focusing
on a continuous historical development rather
than on issues of style
I n this handsome book, esteemed architec-

tural historian Neil Levine investigates for
the first time the complex history of represen-
tation—the use and meaning of architectural
signifiers—from the 18th through the 20th
century. Using the lens of a continuous theo-
retical argument, Levine provides a detailed
survey and critical analysis of major works by
a host of modern architects, including Étienne-
Louis Boullée, Nicholas Hawksmoor, Louis Library, Phillips Exeter Academy, Exeter, NH, 1965–72
Kahn, Henri Labrouste, Augustus Welby Pugin,
Karl Friedrich Schinkel, John Soane, Louis Sullivan, Mies van
der Rohe, Eugène Viollet-le-Duc, and Frank Lloyd Wright.
Levine posits that all modern architects, much like visual

artists, have had to grapple with issues of representation in
their work. Interweaving influential examples from outside
the scope of modern architecture, Levine traces the history of
representation in architecture, and in writings on architec-
ture, both within each architect’s oeuvre and throughout the
centuries discussed. The book features previously unpub-
lished images, many created for this publication, and it
addresses a variety of specific cases while offering an origi-
nal and panoramic view of the history of architecture.
Beautifully written and accessible, Modern Architecture is des-
tined to become a classic.
N E I L L E V I N E is the Emmet Blakeney Gleason Professor of

History of Art and Architecture at Harvard University. He is the January Architecture
author of numerous books on architecture, including The 432 pp. 311 b/w + 30 color illus. 9 x 11
978-0-300-14567-0 $65.00
Architecture of Frank Lloyd Wright.
29
Art & Architecture
THE DRAWINGS OF BRONZINO
Carmen C. Bambach, Janet Cox-Rearick, and
George R. Goldner
With contributions by Philippe Costamagna, Marzia Faietti, and
Elizabeth Pilliod
D rawings by the great Italian Mannerist painter and poet Agnolo

Bronzino (1503–1572) are extremely rare. This important and
beautiful publication brings together for the first time nearly all of the
sixty drawings attributed to this leading draftsman of the 16th century.
Each drawing is illustrated in color, discussed in detail, and shown with

many comparative photographs. Bronzino’s technical virtuosity as a
draftsman and his mastery of anatomy and perspective are vividly
apparent in each stroke of the chalk, pen, or brush. The younger gen-
erations of Florentine artists particularly admired Bronzino for his Exhibition schedule:
technical virtuosity as a painter, and Giorgio Vasari praised him for his ♦ The Metropolitan Museum of Art
powers as a disegnatore (designer and draftsman). (1/20/10 – 4/18/10)

C A R M E N C . B A M B A C H is Curator, Department of Drawings and The Metropolitan Museum of Art
Prints at The Metropolitan Museum of Art. J A N E T C O X - R E A R I C K is
Distinguished Professor Emerita, The Graduate Center, CUNY. GEORGE
R. GOLDNER is Drue Heinz Chairman of the Department of Drawings
and Prints at The Metropolitan Museum of Art. P H I L I P P E
C O S TA M A G N A is Curator of the Musée Fesch, Ajaccio, Corsica.
M A R Z I A FA I E T T I is Director of the Gabinetto Disegni e Stampe degli January Art
Uffizi, Florence. E L I Z A B E T H P I L L I O D is Professor, The State University 256 pp. 85 b/w + 100 color illus. 9 x 11
of New Jersey—Camden. 978-0-300-15512-9 $60.00
General titles of interest

to art buyers
ANDY WARHOL
Arthur C. Danto
T he eminent art critic and philosopher Arthur Danto presents an elegant and mas-
terful portrait of Andy Warhol’s life, character, and lasting influence.
“A distinctive original contribution that can be read in a single sitting, but embodies the
wisdom of a lifetime of looking, reflection and writing. It’s as if Danto has been waiting all
these years to produce this magnificent synthesis.”—David Carrier, Cleveland Institute of Art
See page 73 for more information.
October Biography
Icons of America 192 pp. 6 b/w illus. 5 1/2 x 8 1/4
978-0-300-13555-8 $24.00
WHY ARCHITECTURE MATTERS

Paul Goldberger
P ulitzer-prize winning New Yorker critic Paul Goldberger contemplates the mean-
ing, culture, and symbolism of architecture. Based on decades of looking at build-
ings and thinking about how we experience them, Goldberger raises our awareness of
fundamental things: proportion, scale, space, texture, materials, shapes, light, and
memory. Upon completing this remarkable architectural journey, readers will enjoy a
wonderfully rewarding new way of seeing and experiencing every aspect of the built
world. See page 85 for more information.
November Architecture
Why X Matters 320 pp. 55 b/w illus. 5 1/4 x 7 3/4
978-0-300-14430-7 $26.00
30
Art & Architecture
Scholarly Art &
Architecture Books of
Interest to
the General Trade
31
Scholarly Art & Architecture Books of Interest to the General Trade
SINCE 1950
Art and Its Criticism
Charles Harrison
T his is an original and incisive contribution to the discussion of mod-

ern and postmodern art and of the theories by which it has been
influenced and explained, from someone who has been closely involved
in the art of this period as practitioner, teacher, critic, and historian.
In a series of compelling and finely argued essays, Charles Harrison offers

an acute analysis of the seismic shift that took place when the modernist
formalism that had underpinned thinking about art in the first half of the
century came to be seen as a spent force. Harrison’s principal concern is
with the circumstances and consequences of that shift—in thought about
art, and in criticism. He asks how the diverse art of this period is to be
understood and on what basis judgments are to be made about the mer-
its and importance of specific works.
C H A R L E S H A R R I S O N is Emeritus Professor of History and Theory August Art

of Art at the Open University. He is the author of An Introduction to Art 272 pp. 10 b/w + 36 color illus.
(page 22), and has co-authored several of the Open University’s art 6 1/8 x 9 1/4
history texts. 978-0-300-15186-2 $45.00sc
THE TOWN HOUSE IN GEORGIAN

LONDON
Rachel Stewart
S tepping away from conventional analyses of materials or style

and into the previously unexplored world of the house owner, this
book takes a fresh look at both the social, as well as the architectural,
importance of the 18th-century London town house. Drawing on rich
and entertaining evidence—both documentary and anecdotal—
Rachel Stewart explores why, and how, so many people pursued life in
the city. She not only discusses some of the major architects of the day
and their most famous buildings, but she also uncovers what occu-
pants of town houses thought about their property; why and how they
chose or built their houses; how they paid for them, used them, dec-
orated them, and disposed of them; and what uses it had for them
beyond simple accommodation.
Published for the Paul Mellon Centre for
Studies in British Art
August Architecture
R A C H E L S T E WA R T is Director of the Centre for Career 192 pp. 60 b/w + 20 color illus. 6 3/4 x 9 3/4
Management Skills at the University of Reading. 978-0-300-15277-7 $65.00sc
32
TULLIO LOMBARDO AND VENETIAN
HIGH RENAISSANCE SCULPTURE
Alison Luchs
With contributions by Adriana Augusti, Matteo Ceriana, Sarah Blake
McHam, Debra Pincus, and Alessandra Sarchi
T he great Venetian sculptors of the High Renaissance, led by Tullio

Lombardo (c. 1455–1532), explored a poetic and nostalgic approach
to classical antiquity in their work. Their expression shares much with
Mantegna, Bellini, Giorgione, and Titian in these painters’ imaginative
evocations of ancient history, mythology, philosophy, and poetry.
Featuring a range of Tullio’s work, including his sensuous and dramatic

double-portrait reliefs, this book introduces the romantic qualities and
beautiful craftsmanship of the sculptor and his closest followers, including
his brother Antonio Lombardo, Simone Bianco, Antonio Minello, and Exhibition schedule:
Giammaria Mosca. Essays examine Tullio’s innovations and the Venetian ♦ National Gallery of Art, Washington, D.C.
cultural setting where he developed them in dialogue with the northern (7/4/09 – 10/31/09)
Italian masters of Renaissance painting. Twelve works, carefully selected
Published in association with the National
from this milieu, exemplify the creative approach and influence of Tullio Gallery, Washington
and the Lombardo workshop.
August Art
A L I S O N L U C H S is Curator of Early European Sculpture at the 9 3/4 x 11 3/4
National Gallery of Art. 978-0-300-15667-6 $60.00sc
ADVENTURES IN MODERN ART

The Charles K. Williams II Collection
Innis Howe Shoemaker
With contributions by Jennifer T. Criss, Kathleen A. Foster,
John Ittmann, and Michael R. Taylor
I n 1990 archaeologist Charles K. Williams II began seriously to acquire

paintings, sculptures, watercolors, and drawings by modern American
artists, after about ten years of collecting 19th- and 20th-century
American and European prints. Williams amassed an important collec-
tion that includes examples by most of the major American artists and
movements of the early 20th century.
This fully illustrated catalogue features entries on more than one hundred
significant works by artists including Stieglitz Circle painters Georgia
O’Keeffe, John Marin, Marsden Hartley, and Arthur Dove; Precisionists
Charles Demuth, Ralston Crawford, George Ault, and Charles Sheeler; Exhibition schedule:
and Philadelphia modernists Arthur B. Carles, Hugh Henry Breckenridge, ♦ Philadelphia Museum of Art
and Earl Horter. Sculptures by Elie Nadelman, John Storrs, Alberto (7/12/09 – 9/13/09)
Giacometti, and Louise Nevelson are included. Of special note is Thomas
Hart Benton’s painting The Apple of Discord and a rare landscape draw- Published in association with
ing by American Regionalist Grant Wood. the Philadelphia Museum of Art
I N N I S H O W E S H O E M A K E R is The Audrey and William H. August Art

Helfand Senior Curator of Prints, Drawings, and Photographs at 336 pp. 2 b/w + 153 color illus. 9 x 11 1/4
the Philadelphia Museum of Art. 978-0-300-14978-4 $60.00sc
33
DEGAS IN THE NORTON SIMON MUSEUM
Nineteenth-Century Art, Volume 2
Sara Campbell, Richard Kendall, Daphne Barbour, and Shelley Sturman
E dgar Degas (1834–1917) was one of the first artists collected by the American industrialist, philanthropist, and art
collector Norton Simon (1907–1993). Over the course of nearly three decades of art acquisition, Simon purchased
more than a hundred works by Degas, including paintings, bronzes, and pastels. This comprehensive and beautiful col-
lections catalogue of the artworks by Degas now housed in the Norton Simon Museum in Pasadena, CA, offers not only
a fascinating insight into the evolution of Simon’s extensive and remarkable collection of pieces by the French impres-
sionist, but also a descriptive and informative account of the current collection prepared by leading Degas scholars.
S A R A C A M P B E L L is a Senior Curator at the Norton Simon Museum.

R I C H A R D K E N D A L L is Curator at Large at the Sterling and Francine
Clark Art Institute in Williamstown, MA, and the author of Degas: Beyond
Impressionism, Degas and the Little Dancer, and Degas Landscapes. August Art
D A P H N E B A R B O U R and S H E L L E Y S T U R M A N are object con- 576 pp. 250 b/w + 350 color illus. 10 x 11
servators at the National Gallery of Art, Washington, D.C. 978-0-300-14884-8 $95.00sc
LIVED IN LONDON
The Stories Behind the Blue Plaques
Edited by Emily Cole
With a foreword by Stephen Fry
D escribed by Disraeli as “a roost for every bird,” London has been home to
figures as varied as Winston Churchill, Virginia Woolf, Mahatma Gandhi,
and Jimi Hendrix. Since 1866 the city has commemorated the link between
notable figures and the buildings in which they lived and work through a series
of blue plaques. Lived in London provides an introduction to the many people
and buildings honored through this program that connects people and place,
drawing out the human element of the historic environment and helping to save
a number of London’s buildings from demolition.
August History/Urban Studies

E M I LY C O L E is Senior Investigator at English Heritage and Head of 368 pp. 200 b/w + 250 color illus. 9 x 11
the Blue Plaques Division. 978-0-300-14871-8 $85.00sc
THE SOCIETY OF DILETTANTI

Archaeology and Identity in the British Enlightenment
Jason M. Kelly
I n 1732 a group of elite young men who had met on the grand tour formed a convivial dining club called the Society
of Dilettanti. By the middle of the 18th century the Dilettanti took on an influential role in cultural matters, organ-
izing archaeological expeditions, forming the Royal Academy and the British Museum, and ultimately becoming one
of the most prominent and influential societies of the British Enlightenment.
This lively account is the most detailed analysis of the early Society to date. Jason M. Kelly places the group at the inter-
section of international and national discourses that shaped the British Enlightenment; thus, it sheds new light on
18th-century grand tourism, elite masculinity, sociability, aesthetics, architecture, and archaeology.
Published for the Paul Mellon Centre for Studies in British Art
September History/Archaelogy
J A S O N M . K E L LY is Assistant Professor of History at Indiana 320 pp. 100 b/w + 20 color illus. 7 1/2 x 10
University–Purdue University, Indianapolis. 978-0-300-15219-7 $75.00sc
34
COROT TO MONET
French Landscape Painting
Sarah Herring, with Antonio Mazzotta
B y the late 18th century, the practice of painting outdoors (en plein
air) was widespread, especially in Italy, where picturesque views
of Tivoli and the Campagna were irresistible to French and British
artists. Fifty years later in France, the Barbizon group—including Jean-
Baptiste-Camille Corot, Théodore Rousseau, and Charles-Francois
Daubigny—eagerly escaped the studio to paint landscapes, rivers, and
beach scenes of their native land. These painters were a crucial influ-
ence on a new generation of artists who would eventually become
known as the Impressionists.
In this delightful and accessible exploration of the National Gallery’s col-

lection of 18th- and 19th-century landscape paintings, Sarah Herring
introduces and explains the enduring appeal of these charming small ♦ The National Gallery, London
works of art, both to their original collectors and to the present-day (7/09 – 9/09)
viewer. Published by National Gallery Company/
S A R A H H E R R I N G is Isaiah Berlin Assistant Curator of Post-1800

Painting at the National Gallery, London. She is co-author of Manet to August Art
Picasso and Art in the Making: Degas. A N T O N I O M A Z Z O T TA is 72 pp. 80 color illus. 9 x 10 1/2
curatorial assistant at the National Gallery. paper 978-1-85709-450-3 $15.00sc
THE WOODCUT IN FIFTEENTH-CENTURY

EUROPE
Edited by Peter Parshall
M ore than a generation before the invention of Gutenberg’s

celebrated press, the new technology of image printing
emerged. In this book, a distinguished group of scholars treats the
earliest manifestations of printing in all aspects: technical experi-
mentation, the complex relation of printed books to printed images,
individual and institutional patronage, new iconographies, religious
propaganda, and the wide variety of private and public ways in which
printed images were first employed.
The essays examine the technological, social, political, religious, per-

sonal, and institutional contexts of 15th-century woodcuts and chal-
lenge many assumptions about the phenomenon of early printing,
♦ Studies in the History of Art
including the beginnings of printing on cloth, the significance of
monastic production, the development of book printing and book Published by the National Gallery of
illustration, and the extent to which printing can or should be termed Art, Center for Advanced Study in the
a “revolution.” Visual Arts/Distributed by Yale
University Press
P E T E R PA R S H A L L is curator of old master prints at the National September Art

Gallery of Art, Washington. He is the author of The Origins of 352 pp. 124 duotone + 124 color illus. 9 x 11
European Printmaking. 978-0-300-12163-6 $70.00sc
35
MURALNOMAD
The Paradox of Wall Painting, Europe 1927–1957
Romy Golan
F requently political and part of a concerted effort by artists and

patrons during the early decades of the 20th century to address a
broad public, murals and large mural-like works often had a greater visi-
bility and larger audience than paintings that are acknowledged today as
masterpieces. Large and monumental, and made in many different
media, they were also often ephemeral: their lifespan typically ended
with the closing of an exhibition.
In this fascinating book, Romy Golan explores murals and mural-like

works in Europe from the end of the First World War to the late 1950s,
beginning with Monet’s work on the Nymphéas installation in the Musée
de l’Orangerie and ending dramatically with Le Corbusier’s huge tapes-
tries in Chandigarh, India. Along the way, she charts the work of Léger,
Le Corbusier, Sironi, Pagano, Picasso, and others, and makes a convinc-
ing and elegant case for the important position mural art, and critical
debates on monumental public painting, occupied in this period.
R O M Y G O L A N is Associate Professor of Art History at CUNY September Art

Graduate Center. She is the author of Modernity and Nostalgia: Art 256 pp. 120 b/w + 40 color illus. 9 x 11
and Politics in France between the Wars. 978-0-300-14153-5 $70.00sc
DUTCH NEW YORK,

BETWEEN EAST AND WEST
The World of Margrieta van Varick
Edited by Deborah Krohn and Peter N. Miller
With Marybeth De Filippis
C ommemorating the 400th anniversary of Henry Hudson’s voyage

and the lasting legacy of Dutch culture in New York, this book
explores the life and times of a fascinating woman, her family, and her
things. Margrieta was born in the Netherlands but lived at the extremes
of the Dutch colonial world, in Malacca on the Malay Peninsula and in
Flatbush, Brooklyn. When she came to New York in 1686 with her hus-
band and set up a shop, she brought an astonishing array of Eastern
goods, many of which were documented in an inventory made after her
death in 1695. Extensive archival research has enabled a collaborative Exhibition schedule:
team to reconstruct her story and establish the depth of her connection
♦ Bard Graduate Center, New York
to Dutch trading establishments in Asia. This is a groundbreaking con- (9/17/09 – 1/3/10)
tribution to the histories of New York City, the Dutch overseas empire,
women, and material culture. Published in association with the Bard
Graduate Center for Studies in the
Decorative Arts, Design, and Material
Culture and the New-York Historical
Society
D E B O R A H K R O H N is coordinator for History and Theory of
September History
Museums at the Bard Graduate Center, where P E T E R N . M I L L E R is 352 pp. 100 b/w + 275 color illus.
dean and chair of academic programs; M A R Y B E T H D E F I L I P P I S 9 x 11 1/2
is assistant curator for American art at the New-York Historical Society. 978-0-300-15467-2 $75.00sc
36
THE PRIMACY OF DRAWING
Histories and Theories of Practice
Deanna Petherbridge
A beautifully illustrated exploration of the

conceptual and practical importance of
drawing in Western art
I n this important and original book, Deanna

Petherbridge—herself a practicing artist—affirms the
significance of drawing as visual thinking in western art
from the 15th century to the present. Scrutinizing a wide
range of drawings, Petherbridge confirms a long histori-
cal commitment to the primal importance of sketching
in generating ideas and problem solving, examines the
production of autonomous drawings as gifts or for pleas-
ure, and traces the importance of the life-class and theo-
ries of drawing in the training of artists until well into the
20th century. She also addresses the changing role of
drawing in relation to contemporary practice and its
importance for conceptual artists working in a non-
hierarchical manner with a multiplicity of practices,
techniques and technologies.
In addition to analyzing specific works by Leonardo,

Michelangelo, Rembrandt, Goya, Picasso, and other great
draftsmen, Petherbridge pays close attention to those
artists traditionally regarded as “minor” because of their
graphic elaboration or involvement with caricature and
play, as well as to the important contribution of women
artists in the 20th and 21st centuries. Responding to the
vibrant rediscovery of drawing as significant practice in
studios, exhibitions, and art schools, Petherbridge propos-
es an ambitious and novel agenda for the study and enjoy-
ment of drawing.
D E A N N A P E T H E R B R I D G E is Arnolfini Professor of Drawing

at the University of the West of England in Bristol and professsor September Art
of drawing at the University of Lincoln, and was formerly profes- 352 pp. 200 b/w + 80 color illus.
sor of drawing at the Royal College of Art, London. She has had 9 5/8 x 11 1/4
numerous, highly acclaimed exhibitions of her artwork. 978-0-300-12646-4 $65.00sc
37
Published in association with The Qatar
RIVERS OF PARADISE Foundation, Virginia Commonwealth
Water in Islamic Art and Culture University, and Virginia Commonwealth
Edited by Sheila S. Blair and Jonathan M. Bloom University School of the Arts in Qatar
F or millennia the collection, distribution, and symbolism of water have played pivotal roles in the lands where
Islam has flourished. This book is the first to address this important subject.
A diverse spectrum of scholars covers a wide range of topics: from the revelation of Islam in the 7th century to today’s
conservation and development issues, from watering oases in the Moroccan desert to the flooded plains of Bengal.
Copiously illustrated with beautiful color photographs and newly drawn plans and maps, this book will provoke read-
ers to appreciate and acknowledge the essential, if often invisible and transitory, roles that water played in the arts of
the Islamic lands and beyond.
S H E I L A S . B L A I R and J O N AT H A N M . B L O O M have shared the

Norma Jean Calderwood University Professorship in Islamic and Asian Art at
Boston College since 2000 and the Hamad bin Khalifa Endowed Chair of September Art
Islamic Art at Virginia Commonwealth University since 2006. Their publications 384 pp. 30 b/w + 205 color illus.
include Islam: A Thousand Years of Faith and Power, The Art and Architecture of 9 x 11 1/2
978-0-300-15899-1 $85.00sc
Islam, and The Grove Encyclopedia of Islamic Art and Architecture.
A SKETCHBOOK OF PIETRO SANTI BARTOLI

Draftsman Among Roman Antiquarians
Irène Aghion
A mong the books collected by Horace Walpole (1717–1797) was a small volume of sketches of antiquities. Irène
Aghion has pursued elusive clues to establish Pietro Santi Bartoli (1635–1700) as the artist and places his sketch-
book in its proper context, the lively world of 17th-century Rome. In following Bartoli’s sketchbook from Rome to
London to Farmington, Connecticut, Aghion uncovers the stories of these antiquities, found in Rome, acquired by col-
lectors, and now held in collections throughout Europe.
Long before Wilmarth Sheldon Lewis gave his library to Yale, he revived Horace Walpole’s short-lived series,
Miscellaneous Antiquities; or, A Collection of Curious Papers. The Lewis Walpole Library launched a second revival of
Miscellaneous Antiquities in 2004 and this publication is the latest installment in the series.
I R È N E A G H I O N is curator of the Museum of the Cabinet des Médailles et October Archaeology

Antiques in Paris. She is involved in research on the history of collections and 352 pp. 280 color illus. 9 x 12
antiquarianism in the 17th and 18th centuries. 978-0-300-15400-9 $100.00sc
NATIONAL GALLERY TECHNICAL BULLETIN

Volume 30
Ashok Roy, series editor
With contributions by Rachel Billinge, Dawson Carr, Jill Dunkerton, Larry Keith, Sarah Herring, Helen Howard,
and Marika Spring
T he National Gallery Technical Bulletin is a unique record of research carried out at the National Gallery, London.
Drawing on the combined expertise of curators, conservators, and scientists, it brings together a wealth of infor-
mation about artists’ materials, practices, and techniques.
Published by National Gallery Company/Distributed by Yale University Press
October Art
A S H O K R O Y is Director of Scientific Research at the National Gallery, 112 pp. 200 color illus. 8 1/4 x 11 3/4
London. paper orig. 978-1-85709-420-6 $40.00sc
38
PHILIPPE DE MONTEBELLO AND
THE METROPOLITAN MUSEUM OF ART,
1977–2008
James R. Houghton and Members of the Staff
I n this unusual glimpse into the Metropolitan Museum, members of

curatorial and other key departments describe Philippe de
Montebello’s impact on their activities during the thirty-one years of
his directorship. The transformations that took place during his tenure
are astonishing: countless numbers of the museum’s finest works
familiar to visitors today were acquired, galleries were redesigned,
additions were constructed, and new approaches for bringing the arts
to the public were developed. De Montebello’s unwavering pursuit of
excellence, support for scholarship and curatorial initiative, organiza-
tional grasp, and flashes of humor inform this fascinating collection of
stories that illustrate the challenges and triumphs of one of the world’s Published in association with
greatest art museums. The Metropolitan Museum of Art
October Art
J A M E S R . H O U G H T O N is Chairman of the Board of Trustees of 208 pp. 150 color illus. 9 x 12
The Metropolitan Museum of Art. 978-0-300-15424-5 $60.00sc
GIFTS FROM THE ANCESTORS

Ancient Ivories of Bering Strait
Edited by William W. Fitzhugh, Aron L. Crowell, and
Julie Hollowell
T he appearance during the 1st millennium A.D. of small, exquisitely

carved artifacts of walrus ivory in the Bering Strait region marks the
beginning of an extraordinary florescence in the art and culture of North
America. The discovery in the 1930s and 1940s of world-class carvings of
animals, mythical beasts, shape-shifting creatures, masks, and human fig-
urines astounded scholars and excited collectors. Nevertheless, the
extraordinary objects that belong to this fascinating, sometimes frighten-
ing, world of hunting-related art remain largely unknown.
Gifts from the Ancestors examines ancient ivories from the coast of
Bering Strait, western Alaska, and the islands in between—illuminating Exhibition schedule:
their sophisticated formal aesthetic, cultural complexity, and individual ♦ Princeton University Art Museum
histories. Many of the pieces discussed are from recent Russian excava- (10/3/09 – 1/10/10)
tions and are presented here for the first time in English; others are from
Distributed for the Princeton University
private collections not usually open to the public.
Art Museum
W I L L I A M W. F I T Z H U G H is Curator of North American Archaeology
and Director, Arctic Studies Center, Department of Anthropology,
Smithsonian Institution. A R O N L . C R O W E L L is Alaska Director, Arctic October Decorative Arts/Anthropology
Studies Center, Anchorage. J U L I E H O L L O W E L L is Nancy Schaenen 320 pp. 51 b/w + 452 color illus.
8 x 10 1/2
Visiting Scholar, Prindle Institute for Ethics, and Visiting Assistant Professor of
978-0-300-12206-0 $65.00sc
Anthropology, De Pauw University.
39
THE MODERN EYE
Stieglitz, MoMA, and the Art of the Exhibition,
1925–1934
Kristina Wilson
T he Modern Eye explores the origins and development of early

20th-century modernism in America through the lens of the
major exhibitions that introduced this art to the general public. Author
Kristina Wilson shows how modern artists and curators sought to
relate high art to mass culture in order to make it accessible to more
people, and successfully popularized modern painting and design dur-
ing the interwar years.
A major contribution to our understanding of the origins of modernism,

this book captures the vibrant diversity that the term “modern art” meant
at this time. The chapters examine exhibitions held in New York in the
1920s and 1930s, including those organized by Alfred Stieglitz, the Little “A fascinating and fresh study that
Review, the Metropolitan Museum of Art, and the Museum of Modern Art. explores a rich panorama of
In examining the marketing of modernism, Wilson reveals how these themes important to the mod-
exhibitions attempted to stage an intersection between art and everyday ernist art of the period.”
—Michael Leja, University of
life, and how they taught viewers to look at, and care about, modern art.
Pennsylvania
K R I S T I N A W I L S O N is Assistant Professor of Art History at Clark October Art

University. She is author of Livable Modernism: Interior Decorating and 256 pp. 98 b/w + 15 color illus. 8 x 10
Design During the Great Depression. 978-0-300-14916-6 $50.00sc
HORACE WALPOLE’S STRAWBERRY HILL

Edited by Michael Snodin
H orace Walpole (1717–1797), as the youngest son of the powerful

Whig minister Robert Walpole, grew up at the center of Georgian
society and politics and circulated amongst the elite literary, aesthetic,
and intellectual circles of his day. His brilliant letters and writings have
made him the best-known commentator on the rich cultural life of
18th-century England. In his own day, he was most famous for his
extraordinary collections of rare books and manuscripts, antiquities,
paintings, prints and drawings, furniture, ceramics, arms and armor, and
curiosities, all displayed at his pioneering Gothic Revival house at
Strawberry Hill, on the banks of the Thames at Twickenham.
This timely and groundbreaking study of the history and reception of Exhibition schedule:
Walpole’s collection as it was formed and arranged at Strawberry Hill
♦ Yale Center for British Art
coincides with a planned restoration of this endangered house. Horace
(10/15/09 – 1/31/10)
Walpole’s Strawberry Hill assembles an international team of distin-
♦ Victoria & Albert Museum, London
guished scholars to explore the ways in which Strawberry Hill and its col-
(3/6/10 – 7/4/10)
lections engaged with the creation of various and interconnected politi-
cal, national, dynastic, cultural, and imagined histories. Published in association with the Yale
Center for British Art and the Lewis
Walpole Library
October Architecture
M I C H A E L S N O D I N is Senior Research Fellow in the Research
Department, Victoria and Albert Museum. 978-0-300-12574-0 $85.00sc
40
DECODED MESSAGES
The Symbolic Language of Chinese Animal Painting
Hou-Mei Sung
D uring the Ming Dynasty numerous new animal themes were

created to convey political and ethical messages current at
court. As the result a sophisticated language of Chinese animal paint-
ing was developed, employing both the animals’ symbolic associations
and homonymic puns. Hou-mei Sung’s exciting rediscovery of some of
these lost meanings has led to a full-scale investigation of the evolving
history of Chinese animal painting.
Distinct symbolic meanings were associated with individual motifs, but

all animals were assigned a place in the universe according to the Chinese
concept of nature. From the very early yin/yang cosmology to later devel-
opments of Daoist and Confucian philosophies and ethics, Chinese ani-
♦ Cincinnati Museum of Art
mals gained new meanings related to their historical contexts. This book
(10/09 – 2/10)
explores these new findings, using the colorful animal images and their
rich and evolving symbolic meanings to gain insight into unique aspects Published in association with
of Chinese art, as well as Chinese culture and history. the Cincinnati Museum of Art
October Art
H O U - M E I S U N G is curator of Asian Art at the Cincinnati Art 256 pp. 200 color illus. 9 3/4 x 11 1/2
Museum. 978-0-300-14152-8 $75.00sc
JOAQUÍN TORRES-GARCÍA
Constructing Abstraction with Wood
Mari Carmen Ramírez, Margit Rowell, and
Cecilia de Torres
J oaquín Torres-García (1874–1949) is one of the most influential Latin

American artists of the early 20th century. His constructed three-
dimensional grids and planes made of wood known as maderas fore-
shadow later artistic developments in Europe and the Americas. Torres-
García was also a celebrated modernist painter, teacher, and author.
This handsome catalogue focuses on Torres-García’s wood construc-

tions and accompanies the first exhibition held in North America of
these works and the first solo exhibition of the artist in the United
States in over forty years. It includes essays by prominent scholars that
discuss the creation of the maderas and their place in the debates sur- Exhibition schedule:
rounding abstract art in Paris in the late 1920s and early 1930s and in ♦ The Menil Collection
Montevideo, his hometown in Uruguay, in the late 1930s and 40s. It (9/24/09 – 1/3/10)
also includes newly translated writings by the artist. ♦ San Diego Museum of Art
(2/21/10 – 5/15/10)
Distributed for The Menil Collection

M A R I C A R M E N R A M Í R E Z is the Wortham Curator of Latin
American Art and director of the International Center for the Arts of the
Americas at The Museum of Fine Arts, Houston. M A R G I T R O W E L L is
an independent curator living in Paris. C E C I L I A D E T O R R E S is inter- October Art
nationally recognized as the leading authority of the work of Joaquín 256 pp. 200 b/w + color illus. 9 x 11 1/2
Torres-García. 978-0-300-15401-6 $65.00sc
41
A CLOSER LOOK: SAINTS
Erika Langmuir
D rawing on the National Gallery’s comprehensive collection of reli-

gious images, A Closer Look: Saints explains the importance of
saints and their role in the history of European painting. Erika Langmuir
underlines the fundamental importance of saints in many of the National
Gallery’s paintings and, using examples of works by Raphael, Dürer, and
Crivelli, among others, explains the sometimes puzzling conventions for
identifying saints by their attributes. She also describes how saints
became part of the institutions of the Christian church, the different types
of saints, and the increasing importance of saintly relics in the Middle
Ages. And she provides an introduction to a wide variety of personalities,
from the ambiguous penitent Mary Magdalen to such revered figures as
Saint Jerome and Saint Francis of Assisi.
E R I K A L A N G M U I R , O B E , was Head of Education at the National October Art

Gallery, London, and is the author of many books, including 96 pp. 90 color illus. 5 3/4 x 8 1/4
Masterpieces and The National Gallery Companion Guide. paper orig. 978-1-85709-465-7 $15.00sc
A CLOSER LOOK: FACES

Alexander Sturgis
F aces are everywhere in the National Gallery’s collection: in portraits

and narrative scenes, in allegories and paintings of everyday life. It
is often the faces shown that communicate most directly in a picture;
their expressions may reveal the drama of a story, or the character of a
sitter in a portrait.
A Closer Look: Faces examines a wide array of fascinating faces found

in paintings at the National Gallery. It explains why artists in the past cre-
ated faces to look as they do, what painters through the ages have con-
sidered the “ideal” face, how faces are painted, and the reasons for the
development of portrait painting. Illustrated with seventy pictures and
beautiful details, this book provides an insider’s view of the many faces
in Western European art.
A L E X A N D E R S T U R G I S is director of the Holburne Museum of Art

in Bath, and formerly Exhibitions Curator at the National Gallery,
October Art
London. His publications include Telling Time and Rebels and Martyrs: 96 pp. 100 color illus. 5 3/4 x 8 1/4
The Image of the Artist in the Nineteenth Century. paper 978-1-85709-464-0 $15.00sc
42
DUCCIO TO LEONARDO
Renaissance Painting 1250–1500
Simona Di Nepi
T his generously illustrated book presents highlights from the National

Gallery’s display of Italian Renaissance painting, one of the richest
collections of its kind in the world. Duccio to Leonardo focuses on Italian
masterpieces made between 1250 and 1500, including highlights such as
Duccio’s Annunciation, Botticelli’s Venus and Mars, and Leonardo’s
Virgin and Child with Saint Anne and Saint John the Baptist. It begins
with a short introduction on the formation of the collection, before dis-
cussing each of the chosen works.

S I M O N A D I N E P I was the Assistant Curator of Renaissance

Paintings at the National Gallery, London. She has contributed to the October Art
National Gallery publications Velázquez, Renaissance Siena: Art for a 72 pp. 80 color illus. 9 x 10 1/2
City and Renaissance Faces. paper orig. 978-1-85709-421-3 $15.00sc
SACRED SPAIN
Art and Belief in the Spanish World
Ronda Kasl, Luisa Elena Alcalá, William A. Christian,
Jr., María Cruz de Carlos Varona, Jaime Cuadriello,
Javier Portús, and Alfonso Rodríguez G. de Ceballos
T he art of Spain and Spanish America during the 17th century is

overwhelmingly religious—it was intended to arouse wonder,
devotion, and identification. Its forms and meanings are inextricably
linked to the beliefs and religious practices of the people for whom it
was made. In this groundbreaking book, scholars of art and religion look
at new ways to understand the reception of use of these images in the
practice of belief. As a result, the book argues for a fundamental reap-
praisal of the cultural role of the Church based on an analysis of the spe-
cific devotional and ritual contexts of Spanish art.
Handsomely illustrated essays discuss paintings, polychrome sculptures,
♦ Indianapolis Museum of Art
metalwork, and books. They call attention to the paradoxical nature of (10/11/09 – 1/3/10)
the most characteristic visual forms of Spanish Catholicism: material
richness and external display as expressions of internal spirituality, strict Distributed for the Indianapolis
doctrinal orthodoxy accompanied by artistic expression of surprising Museum of Art
unconventionality, the calculated social projection of new devotional
themes, and the divergence of popular religious practices from officially
prescribed ones.
November Art
R O N D A K A S L is Senior Curator of Painting and Sculpture before 400 pp. 25 b/w + 125 color illus. 10 x 12
978-0-300-15471-9 $65.00sc
1800 at the Indianapolis Museum of Art.
43
ALICE GUY BLACHÉ
Cinema Pioneer
Edited by Joan Simon
With contributions by Jane Gaines, Alison McMahan, Charles
Musser, Joan Simon, Kim Tomadjoglou, and Alan Williams
T his book celebrates the achievements of Alice Guy Blaché

(1873–1968), the first woman motion picture director and produc-
er. From 1896 to 1907, she created films for Gaumont in Paris. In 1907,
she moved to the United States and established her own film company,
Solax. From 1914 to 1920, Guy Blaché was an independent director for
a number of film companies.
Despite her immensely productive and creative career, Guy Blaché’s

indispensable contribution to film history has been overlooked. She
entered the world of filmmaking at its nascent stage, when films were Exhibition schedule:
seen primarily as a medium in the service of science or as an adjunct to ♦ Whitney Museum of American Art
selling cameras. Working with Gaumont cameramen and cameras and (11/6/09 – 1/24/10)
the new technical advances for the projection of film, she became one of
Published in association with the
the film pioneers ushering in the new era of motion pictures as a narra- Whitney Museum of American Art
tive form. Written by cinema history experts and curators, this handsome
volume brings to light a critical new mass of Guy Blaché’s film oeuvre in
an effort to restore her to her rightful place in film history.
November Film
J O A N S I M O N is Curator-at-Large for the Whitney Museum of 168 pp. 60 b/w + 8 color illus. 6 x 9
American Art. 978-0-300-15250-0 $45.00sc
INGRES
Painting Reimagined
Susan L. Siegfried
J ean-Auguste-Dominique Ingres (1780–1867) produced a body of

work that strongly appealed to his contemporaries while disconcert-
ing them.
In this handsomely illustrated and elegantly written book, Susan L.

Siegfried argues that the strangeness associated with Ingres’s paintings
needs to be located in the complex and richly invested nature of the
work itself, as well as in the artist’s very powerful—if often perverse—
sense of artistic project. She shows that his major re-thinking of picto-
rial narrative—in his classical literary, historical, and religious subjects—
was as central to his achievement as his distinctive rendering of the
female figure in classical nudes and portraits. He was engaged in a com-
plex process of giving visual form to narrative, which he did in new and
unusual ways that involved him in a close reading of the texts on which
he drew, including authors such as Homer, Virgil, Ariosto, and Dante, as
well as religious narratives and stories about medieval and early mod-
ern French history.
S U S A N L . S I E G F R I E D is Professor of Art History and Women’s

Studies at the University of Michigan. She is the author of The Art of
Louis-Léopold Boilly: Modern Life in Napoleonic France, co-author of
November Art
Staging Empire: Napoleon, Ingres, and David, and co-editor of 320 pp. 100 b/w + 40 color illus. 9 x 11
Fingering Ingres. 978-0-300-14883-1 $75.00sc
44
AMERICAN MODERNISM AT THE ART
INSTITUTE OF CHICAGO
World War I to 1955
Judith A. Barter
With Sarah E. Kelly, Denise Mahoney, Ellen E. Roberts, and
Brandon K. Ruud
T he first publication to focus on the Art Institute’s outstanding collec-

tion of American modernism, this volume includes over 175 impor-
tant paintings, sculptures, decorative-art objects, and works on paper made
in North America between World War II and 1955. Together they fully
reflect the history of American art in these decades, including examples of
early modernism, Social Realism, Surrealism, and Abstract Expressionism.
Among the paintings are such iconic works as Hopper’s Nighthawks and
Wood’s American Gothic, along with notable pieces by Davis, De Kooning, ✦ ALSO AVAILABLE:
Hartley, Lawrence, Marin, O’Keeffe, Pollock, and Sheeler. Among the sculp- American Arts at the Art Institute of
tors represented are Calder, Cornell, and Noguchi. Spectacular decorative Chicago
artwork by the Eameses, Grotell, Neutra, Saarinen, F. L. Wright, and Zeisel From Colonial Times to World War I
978-0-300-11624-3 $75.00sc
are also featured. Reproduced in full color, each work is accompanied by
an accessible and up-to-date text, complete with comparative illustrations.
The introduction traces the formation of this important collection by a Distributed for the Art Institute of Chicago
number of noted curators, collectors, and patrons.
November Art
J U D I T H A . B A R T E R is the Field-McCormick Chair and Curator of 376 pp. 140 b/w + 250 color illus.
American Art at the Art Institute of Chicago. She is the editor of Apostles 9 1/2 x 12
of Beauty (see page 26). 978-0-300-11738-7 $75.00sc
SPACES OF EXPERIENCE
Art Gallery Interiors from 1800 to 2000
Charlotte Klonk
T his fascinating study of art gallery interiors examines the chang-

ing ideals and practices of galleries in Europe and North America
from the 18th to the late 20th century. It offers a detailed account of
the different displays that have been created—the colors of the back-
ground walls, lighting, furnishings, the height and density of the art
works on show—and it traces the different scientific, political and
commercial influences that lay behind their development.
Charlotte Klonk shows that scientists like Hermann von Helmholtz

and Wilhelm Wundt advanced theories of perception that played a
significant role in justifying new modes of exhibiting. Equally impor-
tant for the changing modes of exhibition in art galleries was what
Michael Baxandall has called “the period eye,” a way of seeing
informed by the impact of new fashions in interior decoration and by
department store and shop window displays. The history of museum
interiors, she argues, should be appreciated as a revealing chapter in
the broader history of experience.
C H A R L O T T E K L O N K is Departmental Chair, Kunstgeschichtliches November Art History

Seminar, Humboldt-Universität zu Berlin. She is the author of Science and 244 pp. 110 b/w + 20 color illus.
the Perception of Nature and co-author of Art History: A Critical 8 1/4 x 10 3/4
Introduction to Its Methods. 978-0-300-15196-1 $75.00sc
45
THE ACCADEMIA SEMINARS
The Accademia di San Luca in Rome, c. 1590–1635
Edited by Peter M. Lukehart
T his volume of essays reexamines the establishment and early

history of the Accademia di San Luca in Rome, one of the most
important centers of governance, education, and theory in the arts for
the early modern period and the model for all subsequent academies
of art worldwide. It is the most comprehensive history of the
Accademia to be published in more than forty years, and the first in
nearly two hundred years to be based almost entirely on new primary
and documentary material. In reconstructing the early history of the
institution, the volume also provides a new basis for tracking the
careers of painters, sculptors, and architects working in Rome in the
early 16th century, and for understanding the artistic and professional
issues that engaged them. Published by the National Gallery of
Art, Center for Advanced Study in the
Visual Arts/Distributed by Yale
University Press
♦ Seminar Papers
November Art History

P E T E R M . L U K E H A R T is associate dean of the Center for 376 pp. 74 duotone illus. 7 x 10
Advanced Study in the Visual Arts. paper with flaps 978-0-300-13591-6 $35.00sc
BRITISH PAINTINGS IN
THE METROPOLITAN MUSEUM OF ART,
1575–1875
Katharine Baetjer
T his is the first comprehensive publication on English, Scottish,

Welsh, and Irish paintings and pastels by artists born before 1841
in the collection of The Metropolitan Museum of Art. Ranging in date
from the late 16th through the third quarter of the 19th century, the
140 works included are by such major artists as Peake, Lely, Hogarth,
Reynolds, Gainsborough, Lawrence, Turner, Constable, and Burne-
Jones. While the collection is particularly rich in portraiture, it also con-
tains genre paintings and landscapes. Each painting is reproduced in
color and carries full cataloguing data as well as a generous selection of
comparative illustrations, among them pendants, related paintings,
and prints. Published in association with
November Art
K AT H A R I N E B A E T J E R is a Curator in the Department of European
Paintings at The Metropolitan Museum of Art. 978-0-300-15509-9 $95.00sc
46
KIENHOLZ
“The Hoerengracht”
Colin Wiggins and Annemarie de Wildt
T he Hoerengracht (1983–88) is an installation artwork by Ed

Kienholz (American, 1927–1994) and his wife, Nancy Reddin
Kienholz. This tableau—a surprising site in the National Gallery—is a
walk-through evocation of Amsterdam’s red-light district, with glowing
windows and claustrophobic streets. With its statements on morality,
vanitas, and composition of secret spaces and receding views, The
Hoerengracht resonates powerfully with paintings by Dutch masters of
the 17th century. The work was the last major piece made by the Edward Kienholz and Nancy Reddin Kienholz. The Hoerengracht
(installation detail), 1984–8. Private collection © Kienholz Estate,
Kienholzes before Ed died and remains a major reference point for courtesy of L.A. Louver, Venice CA
contemporary artists including Mike Kelley, Paul McCarthy, Mike
Nelson, and Damien Hirst. Exhibition schedule:
This striking exhibition catalogue positions The Hoerengracht and ♦ National Gallery, London
Kienholz in a new perspective. (opens 11/09)
♦ Historisch Museum, Amsterdam
C O L I N W I G G I N S is Acting Head of Education at the National Published by National Gallery Company/

Gallery, London. He is the author of numerous books, including Leon Distributed by Yale University Press
Kossoff: Drawing from Painting, Tom Hunter: Living in Hell and Other
Stories, Ron Mueck, John Virtue: London Paintings, and Alison Watt: November Art
Phantom. A N N E M A R I E D E W I L D T is conservator/curator at the 56 pp. 40 color illus. 9 1/2 x 10 1/2
Amsterdam Historisch Museum (Museum Willet-Holthuysen). paper 978-1-85709-453-4 $15.00sc
EL GRECO TO GOYA
Spanish Painting
Dawson W. Carr
T his book presents highlights of the National Gallery’s outstanding

collection of Spanish painting from the 15th to the 19th century—
considered one of the finest outside of Spain.
Haunting works by El Greco introduce the Golden Age of the 17th cen-
tury. Canvases by Velázquez span his career, from royal portraits and
religious works to the Rokeby Venus, his only surviving depiction of a
female nude. Bartolomé Murillo is represented by exceptional religious
and genre paintings, together with his imposing Self Portrait. Other
works by Baroque painters, including Ribera and Zurbarán, reveal shift-
ing uses of naturalism to express everything from the mysteries of faith
to the grandeur of royalty to the beauty of the mundane. The later part
of the collection includes Luis Meléndez’s Still Life with Oranges and Distributed by Yale University Press
Walnuts and portraits by Goya.
D AW S O N W. C A R R is Curator of Spanish and Italian Painting November Art

1600–1800 at the National Gallery, London. He has written extensively 72 pp. 80 color illus. 9 x 10 1/2
paper 978-1-85709-460-2 $15.00sc
on Spanish painting and is co-author of Velázquez.
47
A SHORT HISTORY OF THE NATIONAL
GALLERY
Alan Crookham
T he National Gallery started life in 1824 when the British government

purchased the collection of 38 pictures belonging to the estate of
wealthy banker John Julius Angerstein. As there was no suitable space
available to display the collection, the pictures were put on display in
Angerstein’s former home in Pall Mall. It was only in 1838 that the col-
lection moved to its current site in Trafalgar Square. The building and
collection have continued to expand ever since; today, the National
Gallery houses one of the world’s greatest collections of western
European paintings.
This book brings together the stories behind the founding and growth
of the National Gallery: the generous benefactors, the architectural Published by National Gallery Company/
controversies, the protracted acquisitions, the dedicated staff, and the
visiting public. Generously illustrated, it aims to give insight into the
history of the people and events that have helped shape this much-
loved national institution.
November Art History

128 pp. 180 illus. 8 x 10
A L A N C R O O K H A M is the archivist at the National Gallery, London. paper orig.978-1-85709-463-3 $25.00sc
GIOVANNI BOLDINI IN IMPRESSIONIST
Giovanni Boldini, Crossing the Street, 1875 (Sterling and Francine

PARIS
Clark Art Institute, Williamstown, Massachusetts). Oil on panel,

Sarah Lees, Richard Kendall, and Barbara Guidi
D istinguished by his brilliantly energetic brushwork, Giovanni

Boldini (1842–1931) was one of the most prominent Italian
artists of the late 19th century. Still, he has remained little known
beyond his native country. This beautiful book is the first published on
Boldini in English in a generation and accompanies the first major exhi-
18 1/16 x 14 3/4 in.
bition of his works outside of Europe.
Born in Ferrara, Boldini moved to Paris in 1871, where he lived for the
rest of his life. This important volume focuses on his work from 1871 to
1886, which reflects the influence of his contemporaries—Degas,
Manet, Caillebotte, Meissonier, and Fortuny, among others. It features
Boldini’s fanciful paintings made for the art market and depictions of
the city around him—from the bustling streets and squares to cafés, the- ♦ Ferrara Palazzo dei Diamanti,
aters, and concert halls—as well as paintings of friends and models, and Ferrara (9/20/09 – 1/10/10)
a selection of later portraits that established him as one of the quintes- ♦ Sterling and Francine Clark Art
sential portraitists of the Belle Époque. Institute, Williamstown
(2/14/10 – 4/25/10)
Distributed for the Sterling and Francine

Clark Art Institute
S A R A H L E E S is Associate Curator of European Art at the Sterling
and Francine Clark Art Institute. R I C H A R D K E N D A L L is curator-at- November Art
large at the Clark. B A R B A R A G U I D I is Curator of Modern and 256 pp. 160 color illus. 9 1/2 x 10 1/2
Contemporary Art at Ferrara Arte. 978-0-300-13411-7 $60.00sc
48
THE PIERRE AND MARIA-GAETANA
MATISSE COLLECTION IN THE
METROPOLITAN MUSEUM OF ART
Sabine Rewald and Magdalena Dabrowski
I n a career spanning over six decades, the New York art dealer Pierre
Matisse (1900–1989) contributed substantially to the advancement of
modern art. At his eponymous gallery on East Fifty-seventh Street, he
showed several now legendary artists for the first time outside Europe.
The collection—paintings, sculpture, and drawings by Balthus, Bonnard,
Chagall, Derain, Dubuffet, Giacometti, Magritte, Miró, and the dealer’s
own father, Henri Matisse, among others—was donated to The
Metropolitan Museum of Art in 2004 by the foundation established by his
widow.
These extraordinary artworks are presented with informative entries
addressing the circumstances of each work’s creation and the dealer’s
relationship to the artist. In the introduction, the story of Pierre Matisse’s
early struggles in New York is told for the first time and illustrated with
previously unpublished archival photographs.
S A B I N E R E WA L D is Jacques and Natasha Gelman Curator and

M A G D A L E N A D A B R O W S K I is Special Consultant, both in the December Art
Department of Nineteenth-Century, Modern, and Contemporary Art at 192 pp. 100 color illus. 8 1/2 x 11
The Metropolitan Museum of Art. 978-0-300-15510-5 $60.00sc
THE ARTS OF AFRICA AT THE DALLAS

MUSEUM OF ART
Roslyn Adele Walker
T his beautifully illustrated book showcases 110 objects from the

Dallas Museum of Art’s world-renowned African collection. In con-
trast to Western “art for art’s sake,” tradition-based African art served as
an agent of religion, social stability, or social control. Chosen both for
their visual appeal and their compelling histories and cultural signifi-
cance, the works of art are presented under the themes of leadership
and status; the cycle of life; decorative arts; and influences (imported
and exported). Also included are many fascinating photographs that
show the context in which these objects were originally used.
Distributed for the Dallas Museum of Art
R O S LY N A D E L E WA L K E R is Senior Curator of the Arts of Africa, the December Art

Pacific, and the Americas and the Margaret McDermott Curator of African
978-0-300-13895-5 $75.00sc
Art at the Dallas Museum of Art.
49
AMERICAN PORTRAIT MINIATURES IN
THE METROPOLITAN MUSEUM OF ART
Carrie Rebora Barratt and Lori Zabar
T his volume catalogues the world’s most comprehensive collection of American

portrait miniatures, ranging in date from the early 18th to the 20th century and
representing 155 artists. Jewel-like and intimate, the pieces portray spouses, children,
and other loved ones and were usually created for personal use. The Museum’s col-
lection is also significant for its self-portraits by artists and for portraits of notable pub-
lic figures. Each of the nearly six hundred works is illustrated and described in detail,
and a biography and bibliography are provided for each artist. Two essays chart the his-
tory of the collection and the stylistic development of casework and lockets.
Published in association with The Metropolitan Museum of Art

C A R R I E R E B O R A B A R R AT T is Curator, American Paintings and
Sculpture, and Manager of The Henry R. Luce Center for the Study of December Art
American Art, and L O R I Z A B A R is Research Associate, American 256 pp. 25 b/w + 400 color illus. 8 1/2 x 11
Paintings and Sculpture, both at The Metropolitan Museum of Art. 978-0-300-14895-4 $65.00sc
KANTHA
The Embroidered Quilts of Bengal from the Sheldon and Jill Bonovitz Collection and
the Stella Kramrisch Collection of the Philadelphia Museum of Art
Darielle Mason
With essays by Pika Ghosh, Katherine Hacker, Anne Peranteau, and Niaz Zaman
T his first book-length study on kanthas published outside of South Asia focuses on two premier collections. Created
from worn-out garments imaginatively embroidered by women with motifs and tales drawn from a rich regional
repertoire, kanthas traditionally were stitched as gifts for births, weddings, and other family occasions.
Innovative essays by leading scholars explore the domestic, ritual, and historical contexts of the fascinating quilts in
these collections—made between the mid-19th and mid-20th century in what is today Bangladesh and West Bengal,
India—and trace their reinterpretation as emblems of national identity and works of art.
Published in association with the Philadelphia Museum of Art

December Decorative Arts
D A R I E L L E M A S O N is the Stella Kramrisch Curator of Indian and Himalayan 10 x 11 3/4
Art at the Philadelphia Museum of Art. 978-0-300-15442-9 $55.00sc
FROM THE PRIVATE COLLECTIONS OF TEXAS

European Art, Ancient to Modern
Richard R. Brettell and C. D. Dickerson III
T he Lone Star State is home to a dazzling array of world-class artworks, many in private collections and rarely
exhibited. Reflecting the Kimbell Art Museum’s own collecting strengths, this book focuses on the art of Europe
and the ancient Mediterranean from about 700 B.C. to around 1950. Over 40 prominent collections are featured along
with works that have been given to museums in Texas or have left the state through gift or sale. Among the artists
included are Thomas Gainsborough, Paul Gauguin, Guercino, Henri Matisse, Piet Mondrian, Claude Monet, Pablo
Picasso, Pierre-Auguste Renoir, and Vincent van Gogh. The distinguished scholar Richard R. Brettell contributes a com-
prehensive essay on the importance of private collecting in Texas.
Distributed for the Kimbell Art Museum
December Art
R I C H A R D R . B R E T T E L L is the Margaret McDermott Distinguished Chair of
Art and Aesthetics at the University of Texas, Dallas. C . D . D I C K E R S O N I I I 10 x 12
is associate curator of European art at the Kimbell Art Museum, Fort Worth. 978-0-300-14494-9 $65.00sc
50
ACTION/ABSTRACTION
Pollock, de Kooning, and American Art, 1940–1976
Edited by Norman L. Kleeblatt
D rawing on recent critical, historical, and biographical work, this lavishly illus-
trated book offers a new focus on a pivotal art movement. It also presents an
extensive commentary on the two most influential critics of postwar American art—
Clement Greenberg and Harold Rosenberg—whose powerful views shaped percep-
tions of Abstract Expressionism and other contemporary art movements.
“Thorough and scholarly. . . . Presents a balanced account of the art, the

artists, the critics and the issues.” —Richard Kalina, Art in America
Published in association with The Jewish Museum, New York
August Art
344 pp. 89 b/w + 166 color illus. 9 3/4 x 12
N O R M A N L . K L E E B L AT T is the Susan and Elihu Rose Curator paper with flaps 978-0-300-13920-4 $50.00sc
of Fine Arts at The Jewish Museum, New York. cloth (S ’08) 978-0-300-12215-2 $65.00
THE SCULPTURE OF LOUISE NEVELSON

Constructing a Legend
Edited by Brooke Kamin Rapaport
A beautifully illustrated and comprehensive look at the career of pioneering

sculptor Louise Nevelson, a towering figure in postwar American art.
“A most welcome addition to the canon of this towering figure in

20th-century American art. Highly recommended.”—Library Journal
“This is the volume Nevelson devotees have been waiting for.”

—Publishers Weekly
Published in association with The Jewish Museum, New York September Art
9 x 11
paper with flaps 978-0-300-16025-3 $40.00 sc
B R O O K E K A M I N R A PA P O R T is a curator and writer. cloth (S ’07) 978-0-300-12172-8 $55.00
SHOPPING IN THE RENAISSANCE

Consumer Cultures in Italy, 1400–1600
Evelyn Welch
T his fascinating and original book breaks new ground in the area of Renaissance
material culture, focusing on the marketplace.
“A fascinating cultural history. . . . A stunning visual experience of the period

as well as a documentary basis for the study.” —Joanne M. Ferraro, American
Historical Review
Co-winner of the Wolfson Foundation History Prize, 2005

September History
E V E LY N W E L C H is professor of Renaissance studies, Queen Mary, 6 3/4 x 9 5/8
University of London. She is the author of Art and Authority in paper 978-0-300-15985-1 $35.00sc
Renaissance Milan. cloth (F ’05) 978-0-300-10752-4 $48.00sc
51
Art & Architecture–Paperback
A BIOGRAPHICAL DICTIONARY OF SCULPTORS IN BRITAIN, 1660–1851
Ingrid Roscoe, M. G. Sullivan, and Emma Hardy
T his remarkable dictionary provides information on the work of over 3,000 sculptors working in Britain between
1660 and 1851. It is a substantially expanded edition of Gunnis’s Dictionary of British Sculptors, the primary
source for information on church monuments, portrait busts, carved fireplaces and more since publication in 1951.
Published for the Paul Mellon Centre for Studies in British Art and the Henry Moore Foundation
I N G R I D R O S C O E is an independent scholar, M. G. Sullivan is curator of
sculpture at the Ashmolean Museum, and E M M A H A R D Y is collections manag- October Art
er at the Geffrye Museum. 1,550 pp. 6 x 9 1/4
978-0-300-14965-4 $200.00tx
GWYNEDD
Richard Haslam, Julian Orbach, and Adam Voelcker
N o area of Wales is more rewarding to the architectural traveler than Gwynedd—the historic counties of Anglesey,
Caernarfon and Merioneth, which are the setting for many of Wales’s greatest buildings. This book examines
the buildings of the region, from Beaumaris, Caernafon, Conwy, and Harlech castles and atmospheric medieval church-
es to Nonconformist chapels and houses in distinctive vernacular traditions.
Pevsner Architectural Guides
October Architecture
R I C H A R D H A S L A M has contributed to the Buildings of Wales series from its 800 pp. 120 color illus.
foundation; J U L I A N O R B A C H is an independent architectural historian, and 4 3/4 x 8 1/2
A D A M V O E L C K E R is an architect practicing in North Wales. 978-0-300-14169-6 $55.00tx
YORKSHIRE, WEST RIDING

Bradford, Leeds and the North
Peter Leach and Nikolaus Pevsner
T his volume, the first of two for the West Riding, covers the northern half of the territory from the outskirts of York
to the edge of the Lake District. It is full of contrasts, from the urbanized landscape of the cities of Leeds to the
hinterland of tight-knit mill towns and villages pushing into the Pennines.
Pevsner Architectural Guides January Architecture
800 pp. 120 color illus. 4 3/4 x 8 1/2
P E T E R L E A C H is a Yorkshire-based architectural historian. 978-0-300-12665-5 $55.00tx
NEWCASTLE AND GATESHEAD

City Guide
Grace McCombie
A lively and authoritative survey of the buildings of Tyneside, from the medieval castle and cathedral at Newcastle
to the spectacular buildings spearheading the renaissance of Gateshead on the river’s south bank.
Pevsner Architectural Guides
December Architecture
G R A C E M C C O M B I E is an independent architectural historian and co- 320 pp. 120 color illus. 4 3/4 x 8 1/2
paper orig. 978-0-300-12664-8
author of the Pevsner Architectural Guides’ Northumberland volume.
$30.00tx
BRICK AND CLAY BUILDING IN BRITAIN

R W Brunskill
T his new edition includes a fascinating account of how bricks, brick files and terracotta have been made and used
from medieval times to the present day, along with an illustrated glossary, a chronological photo survey, appen-
dices, and bibliography.
June Architecture
R . W. B R U N S K I L L was formerly professor at De Montfort University, ?pp. 120 illus. 7 1/2 x 9 3/4
Leicester, and before that reader in architecture at the University of Manchester. 978-0-300-11687-8 $60.00tx
52
Academic Art Books
General Interest
53
General Interest
From the best-selling author of Cultural Literacy,
for reforming the way
T his book represents the culmination of the

intellectual journey that began with
Cultural Literacy. In The Making of
Americans I go beyond technical arguments
about how to raise achievement and address, for
the first time, how the teaching of reading in the
context of a common curriculum can further the
ultimate aims of our schools and our society.
While these are partly economic, they include
other, supremely important aims as well. The
founders of American education, Jefferson,
Polly Hirsch
Webster, Rush, and the other inspiring figures
who instituted the common school, did so for the
avowed purpose of insuring the perpetuation of
the community and the idea that is America. I
hope The Making of Americans will point the way
toward a rediscovery of those deeper purposes of
E. D. HI RSCH, JR.
American education.
Praise for The Making of Americans

“The most cogent and persuasive “E. D. Hirsch is one of the very few
version of [Hirsch’s] views that I academics in this country who can
have seen. . . .This is not just a good write for a wide audience about
book. It is an important book.” complex issues without ever conde-
scending, oversimplifying, or falling
—Robert Scholes, Andrew W. Mellon Professor
of Humanities Emeritus, Brown University into a populist rant.”
—David Labaree, Professor of Education,
Stanford University
Praise for E. D. Hirsch, Jr.

“If American education is ever to “The nation will forever be in the
meet its lofty ideals of equity and debt of this brilliant and coura-
excellence, it will be because of geous patriot. How lucky we are
[Hirsch’s] leadership and courage.” that he became interested in how
—Diane Ravitch children learn, and then with great
generosity and steadfastness trans-
lated his theories into a real-life
movement.”
—Liz McPike, former editor, American Educator
♦ ♦ ♦
54
General Interest
a passionate and cogent argument
we teach our children
THE MAKING OF AMERICANS

Democracy and Our Schools
E. D. Hirsch, Jr.
W hy, after decades of commissions, reforms, and

efforts at innovation, do our schools continue to
disappoint us? In this comprehensive and thought-provok-
ing book, educational theorist E. D. Hirsch, Jr., offers a
masterful analysis of how American ideas about education
have veered off course, what we must do to right them,
and, most importantly, why. He argues that the core prob-
lem with American education is that educational theorists,
especially in the early grades, have for the past sixty years
rejected academic content in favor of “child-centered” and
“how-to” learning theories that are at odds with how chil-
dren really learn. The result is failing schools and widen-
“In this important defense of the idea
ing inequality, as only children from content-rich (usually
of a common national curriculum,
better-off) homes can take advantage of the schools’ edu- E. D. Hirsch makes a lucid and convinc-
cational methods. ing case that our habit of confusing
such a curriculum with retrograde
Hirsch unabashedly confronts the education establish- social and educational views has given
us ‘sixty years without a curriculum.’”
ment, arguing that a content-based curriculum is essential —Gerald Graff, 2008 President, Modern
to addressing social and economic inequality. A nation- Language Association
wide, specific, grade-by-grade curriculum established in
the early school grades can help fulfill one of America’s
Marketing Highlights
oldest and most compelling dreams: to give all children,
♦ National media interviews
regardless of language, religion, or origins, the opportuni-
♦ National feature coverage
ty to participate as equals and become competent citizens.
♦ Radio interview campaign
Hirsch not only reminds us of these inspiring ideals, he
♦ Off-the-book-page features
offers an ambitious and specific plan for achieving them.
♦ Cross-promotion with The Core
Knowledge Foundation
♦ Online marketing
♦ Academic and library marketing
E . D . H I R S C H , J R . , founder of the Core Knowledge

Foundation, recently retired as University Professor of Education
and Humanities and Linden Kent Memorial Professor of English September Education/Current Events
Emeritus, University of Virginia. His previous books include the best- 272 pp. 13 b/w illus. 5 1/2 x 8 1/4
selling Cultural Literacy and, most recently, The Knowledge Deficit. 978-0-300-15281-4 $25.00
He lives in Charlottesville, VA. For sale in North America only
55
General Interest
WHY THE DREYFUS AFFAIR
MATTERS
Louis Begley
From the prize-winning author of Wartime

Lies, this is an anatomy of the infamous
prosecution of a Jewish officer attached to the
French Army’s General Staff, with profound
implications for our own time
I n December 1894, Captain Alfred Dreyfus, a brilliant

French artillery officer and a Jew of Alsatian descent,
was court-martialed for selling secrets to the German
military attaché in Paris based on perjured testimony
and trumped-up evidence. The sentence was military “No other work in English on the
degradation and life imprisonment on Devil’s Island, a Dreyfus Affair matches the clarity, the
concision, and the passion of this one.
hellhole off the coast of French Guiana. Five years later,
A lawyer and novelist, Louis Begley
the case was overturned, and eventually Dreyfus was explains the legal technicalities and
completely exonerated. Meanwhile, the Dreyfus Affair untangles a byzantine narrative. He
tore France apart, pitting Dreyfusards—committed to shows why this abuse of power should
still concern us today.”—Robert O. Paxton,
restoring freedom and honor to an innocent man con- author of The Anatomy of Fascism
victed of a crime committed by another—against
nationalists, anti-Semites, and militarists who preferred
having an innocent man rot to exposing the crimes ♦ Why X Matters
committed by ministers of war and the army’s top brass Featuring intriguing pairings of authors with subjects,
each volume in the Why X Matters series presents a
in order to secure Dreyfus’s conviction. concise argument for the continuing relevance of an
important person or idea.
Was the Dreyfus Affair merely another instance of the rise

in France of a virulent form of anti-Semitism? In Why the Marketing Highlights
Dreyfus Affair Matters, Begley draws upon his legal expert-
♦ National review attention
ise to create a riveting account of the famously complex
case, and to remind us of the interest each one of us has
in the faithful execution of laws as the safeguard of our lib-
erties and honor.
L O U I S B E G L E Y is a bestselling novelist and a lawyer who

retired after a forty-five-year career as partner in one of
September History/Law
America’s great law firms. His fiction includes Wartime Lies,
272 pp. 1 b/w illus. 5 1/4 x 7 3/4
About Schmidt, and, most recently, Matters of Honor. 978-0-300-12532-0 $25.00
56
General Interest
PARADOXICAL LIFE
Meaning, Matter, and the Power of
Human Choice
Andreas Wagner
For readers of Hofstadter’s Gödel, Escher, Bach,

a fascinating look at the hidden meaning in
matter
W hat can a fingernail tell us about the mysteries

of creation? In one sense, a nail is merely a
hunk of mute matter, yet in another, it’s an information
superhighway quite literally at our fingertips. Every
moment, streams of molecular signals direct our cells to
“Wagner presents a new way of look-
move, flatten, swell, shrink, divide, or die. Andreas
ing at the relationship between sci-
Wagner’s ambitious new book explores this hidden web of ence and ourselves, and of thinking
unimaginably complex interactions in every living being. about some very old arguments. This
In the process, he unveils a host of paradoxes underpin- is a book for readers of Douglas
Hofstadter, Karl Popper, and Richard
ning our understanding of modern biology, contradictions Dawkins.”—Jonathan Kaplan, Oregon State
he considers gatekeepers at the frontiers of knowledge. University
Though we tend to think of concepts in such mutually “The full-blooded, dynamical thinking
of a scientist at the height of his cre-
exclusive pairs as mind-matter, self-other, and nature-nur- ative powers, this is a breathtakingly
ture, Wagner argues that these opposing ideas are not original and intellectually exciting syn-
actually separate. Indeed, they are as inextricably con- thesis of all that biology has taught us
of how science relates to the world.”
nected as the two sides of a coin. Through a tour of mod- —Günter Wagner, Yale University
ern biological marvels, Wagner illustrates how this para-
doxical tension has a profound effect on the way we
define the world around us. Paradoxical Life is thus not
only a unique account of modern biology. It ultimately ♦ Major review attention
serves a radical—and optimistic—outlook for humans and ♦ Online marketing
the world we help create. ♦ Academic and library marketing
A N D R E A S WA G N E R is a professor in the department of bio-

chemistry at the University of Zurich and an external faculty mem-
ber at the Santa Fe Institute. Educated at Yale University and at the September Science
University of Vienna, Wagner focuses his research on the evolution 272 pp. 6 1/8 x 9 1/4
and evolvability of biological systems. He lives in Zurich. 978-0-300-14923-4 $28.00
57
General Interest
The renowned author of
takes a new and controversial look
A C o n v e r s at i o n w i t h
EAMON DUF FY
Praise for The Stripping of the Altars:
“Deeply imaginative, movingly written, and
splendidly illustrated.”—Maurice Keen, New York
Review of Books
“This book will afford enjoyment and enlighten-

ment to layman and specialist alike. Duffy
sweeps the reader along . . . by his lively and
absorbing detail, his piercing insights, his patient
analysis, and his vigour in debates.”
—Peter Heath, Times Literary Supplement
Q: What does Fires of Faith tell us about the Q: How do your research and your beliefs
consequences of religious brutality? intersect?
A: Later generations built the reign of Mary A: I’m a Roman Catholic, and I suppose my
Tudor into a protestant national myth—inno- books are marked by an imaginative empathy
cence and truth pursued by popish brutality. I for the feel and texture of popular catholicism.
hope the book shows that matters were not Empathy can be a wonderful tool for a histori-
quite so simple. A lot of the catholic restoration an, helping you to see what others miss. But
was won by brilliant writing and preaching, and inevitably, there’s a price. Sympathy for some of
by impressive organisational grip. And even the the people of the past can entail a lack of feeling
repressive side of the story was never straight- for others. That’s why we always need different
forwardly a matter of moral dark and light. historical perspectives on the same issues and
Many of the hunters shrank instinctively from episodes. But in Fires of Faith I have tried to do
violence, pitied the victims, and struggled for justice both to the idealism of those who
loopholes to release them. Many of the victims imposed catholicism under Mary Tudor, and of
approved of punishing heresy, but thought those at the receiving end of that sometimes
catholics, not protestants, were the ones who savage zeal. And that’s why the book devotes so
should be suffering. And, sadly, I fear the book much space to the grim topic of the burnings.
also provides some evidence that rigorously
planned and ruthlessly pursued persecution
♦ ♦ ♦
achieves results, though that’s not a notion with
much appeal in our time.
58
General Interest
The Stripping of the Altars
at the reign of England’s “Bloody Mary”
FIRES OF FAITH
Catholic England under Mary Tudor
Eamon Duffy
T he reign of Mary Tudor has been remembered as an

era of sterile repression, when a reactionary
monarch launched a doomed attempt to reimpose
Catholicism on an unwilling nation. Above all, the burning
alive of more than 280 men and women for their religious
beliefs seared the rule of “Bloody Mary” into the protestant
imagination as an alien aberration in the onward and
upward march of the English-speaking peoples.
In this controversial reassessment, the renowned reforma-

tion historian Eamon Duffy argues that Mary’s regime was ✦ ALSO BY EAMON DUFFY:
neither inept nor backward looking. Led by the queen’s
The Stripping of the Altars
cousin, Cardinal Reginald Pole, Mary’s church dramatical- Traditional Religion in England, 1400–1580
ly reversed the religious revolution imposed under the Second Edition
paper 978-0-300-10828-6 $23.00
child king Edward VI. Inspired by the values of the Marking the Hours
European Counter-Reformation, the cardinal and the English People and Their Prayers, 1240–1570
978-0-300-11714-1 $38.00
queen reinstated the papacy and launched an effective
Saints and Sinners
propaganda campaign through pulpit and press. A History of the Popes, Third Edition
paper 978-0-300-11597-0 $19.00
Even the most notorious aspect of the regime, the burn- The Voices of Morebath
ings, proved devastatingly effective. Only the death of the Reformation and Rebellion in an English Village
paper 978-0-300-09825-9 $16.00
childless queen and her cardinal on the same day in
November 1558 brought the protestant Elizabeth to the
throne, thereby changing the course of English history. Marketing Highlights
♦ National review attention
September History/Religious History

E A M O N D U F F Y is professor of the history of Christianity at 280 pp. 30 illus. 6 x 9
the University of Cambridge. 978-0-300-15216-6 $28.50
59
General Interest
THE RELIGION AND SCIENCE
DEBATE
Why Does It Continue?
Edited by Harold W. Attridge
Six acclaimed scholars—including a biologist,

a sociologist, a historian, a philosopher, and a
physicist—examine the evolution debate.
E ighty-one years after America witnessed the Scopes

trial over the teaching of evolution in public schools,
the debate between science and religion continues. In this
book scholars from a variety of disciplines—sociology, his-
tory, science, and theology—provide new insights into the
✦ Essays by:
contemporary dialogue as well as some perspective sug-
Lawrence M. Krauss
gestions for delineating the responsibilities of both the sci-
Kenneth R. Miller
entific and religious spheres.
Ronald L. Numbers
Why does the tension between science and religion con- Alvin Plantinga
tinue? How have those tensions changed during the past Robert Wuthnow
one hundred years? How have those tensions impacted ✦ Introduction by Keith Thomson
the public debate about so-called “intelligent design” as a
scientific alternative to evolution? With wit and wisdom ✦ The Terry Lectures Series
the authors address the conflict from its philosophical
roots to its manifestations within American culture. In Marketing Highlights
doing so, they take an important step toward creating a
♦ National features coverage
society that reconciles scientific inquiry with the human
spirit. This book, which marks the one hundredth anniver-
sary of The Terry Lectures Series, offers a unique perspec-
tive for anyone interested in the debate between science
and religion in America.
September Religion/Science/Philosophy
H A R O L D W. AT T R I D G E is the Dean and Lillian Claus Professor of 224 pp. 4 b/w illus. 5 1/2 x 8 1/4
New Testament at the Yale Divinity School. He lives in New Haven, CT. paper orig. 978-0-300-15299-9 $16.00
cloth 978-0-300-15298-2 $45.00tx
60
General Interest
THE BOOK OF MORMON
The Earliest Text
Edited by Royal Skousen
Based on the earliest sources available, this

corrected text represents the most accurate
and readable edition of the Book of Mormon
ever published
F irst published in 1830, the Book of Mormon is the

authoritative scripture of the Church of Jesus Christ
of Latter-day Saints and its estimated 13 million mem-
bers. Over the past twenty-one years, editor Royal
Skousen has pored over Joseph Smith’s original manu-
“Royal Skousen has single-handedly
scripts and identified more than 2,000 textual errors in brought the textual analysis of the Book
the 1830 edition. Although most of these discrepancies of Mormon to a professional level on
stem from inadvertent errors in copying and typesetting par with the finest classical and biblical
scholarship. This volume is the culmi-
the text, the Yale edition contains about 600 corrections
nation of his labors, and it is the most
that have never appeared in any standard edition of the textually significant edition since
Book of Mormon, and about 250 of them affect the text’s Joseph Smith’s work was first published
in 1830.”—Grant Hardy, author of The Book of
meaning. Skousen’s corrected text is a work of remark-
Mormon: A Reader’s Edition
able dedication and will be a landmark in American reli-
gious scholarship. Marketing Highlights
Completely redesigned and typeset by nationally award- ♦ National features coverage
winning typographer Jonathan Saltzman, this new edition ♦ Online marketing
has been reformatted in sense-lines, making the text ♦ Academic and library marketing
much more logical and pleasurable to read. Featuring a
lucid introduction by historian Grant Hardy, the Yale edi-
tion serves not only as the most accurate version of the
Book of Mormon ever published but also as an illuminating
entryway into a vital religious tradition.
R O YA L S K O U S E N is a professor of linguistics and English

language at Brigham Young University and the leading expert September Religion
on the textual history of the Book of Mormon. This is the tenth 832 pp. 6 1/8 x 9 1/4
book in his ongoing Critical Text Project. 978-0-300-14218-1 $35.00
61
General Interest
THE DEADLY DINNER PARTY
and Other Medical Detective Stories
Jonathan A. Edlow, M.D.
E.R. and House meet Sherlock Holmes in

these riveting and real-life stories of medical
detective work
P icking up where Berton Roueché’s The Medical

Detectives left off, The Deadly Dinner Party presents
fifteen edge-of-your-seat medical detective stories written
by a practicing physician. Award-winning author Jonathan
Edlow, M.D., shows the doctor as detective and the epi-
“Drama, intrigue, solid detective work
demiologist as elite sleuth in stories that are as gripping as
are the fabric on which Edlow weaves a
the best thrillers. bountiful collection of fascinating sto-
ries. It will inform and keep you spell-
In these stories, a notorious stomach bug turns a suburban bound. The pulse is exciting, the thrill of
dinner party into a disaster that almost claims its host; a discovery palpable. Masterfully writ-
ten.”—Sanjiv Chopra, M.D., Harvard Medical
diminutive woman routinely eats more than her football- School, author of Dr. Sanjiv Chopra’s Liver Book
playing boyfriend but continually loses weight; a young
“Offers mystery stories in the tradition
executive is diagnosed with lung cancer, yet the tumors
of Berton Roueché that are every bit as
seem to wax and wane inexplicably. Written for the exciting and illuminating as the origi-
layperson who wishes to better grasp how doctors deci- nals. Edlow’s stories are replete with
pher the myriad clues and puzzling symptoms they often information about strange medical
adventures and treatments that any of
encounter, each story presents a very different case where us might experience one day.”
doctors must work quickly to find the accurate diagnosis —Philip A. Mackowiak, M.D., University of
before it is too late. Edlow uses his unique ability to relate Maryland School of Medicine
complex medical concepts in a writing style that is clear,

engaging, and easily understandable. The resulting stories
✦ ALSO BY JONATHAN A. EDLOW:
both entertain us and teach us much about medicine, its
Bull’s-Eye
history, and the subtle interactions among pathogens, Unraveling the Medical Mystery of Lyme Disease
humans, and the environment. paper 978-0-300-10370-0 $18.50sc
♦ Major review attention
J O N AT H A N A . E D L O W, M.D., F.A.C.P. , is vice chair of
emergency medicine, Beth Israel Deaconess Medical Center,
and associate professor of medicine, Harvard Medical School. September Science/Medicine
He is also the author of the award-winning Bull’s-Eye and Stroke. 256 pp. 6 1/8 x 9 1/4
He lives near Boston, MA. 978-0-300-12558-0 $27.50
62
General Interest
GREEN INTELLIGENCE
Creating Environments That Protect
Human Health
John Wargo
An environmental expert offers sound advice

on the world’s growing chemical dangers
W e live in a world awash in manmade chemi-

cals, from the pesticides on our front lawns to
the diesel exhaust in the air we breathe. Although
experts are beginning to understand the potential dan-
gers of these substances, there are still more than 80,000
“Green Intelligence is by far the most
synthetic compounds that have not been sufficiently informed, cogent, and readable of the
tested to interpret their effects on human health. Yale books on the environment that I have
University professor John Wargo has spent much of his encountered. Wargo’s argument is
clear and compelling, his approach is
career researching the impact of chemical exposures on
unusual and insightful, and his science
women and children. In this book, he explains the ori- is sound.”—Herbert Needleman, M.D.,
gins of society’s profound misunderstanding of everyday University of Pittsburgh School of Medicine
chemical hazards and offers a practical path toward
developing greater “green intelligence.” ✦ ALSO BY JOHN WARGO:
Our Children’s Toxic Legacy

Despite the rising trend in environmental awareness, How Science and Law Fail to Protect Us from
information about synthetic substances is often unavail- Pesticides
paper 978-0-300-07446-8 $27.00tx
able, distorted, kept secret, or presented in a way that pre-
vents citizens from acting to reduce threats to their health
and the environment. By examining the histories of five Marketing Highlights
hazardous technologies and practices, Wargo finds
remarkable patterns in the delayed discovery of dangers
and explains the governments’ failures to manage them
effectively. Sobering yet eminently readable, Wargo’s book
ultimately offers a clear vision for a safer future through
prevention, transparency, and awareness.
J O H N WA R G O is professor of environmental policy, risk analy-

sis, and political science at the Yale School of Forestry and
Environmental Studies and the Department of Political Science at
Yale University. He is chair of the Environmental Studies Major in
Yale College and has been an adviser to several EPA administra-
tors and National Academy of Sciences committees, the U.S.
September Environmental Studies/
Congress, the U.N. World Health Organization, and Vice Current Events
President Al Gore. The author of Our Children’s Toxic Legacy, 400 pp. 17 b/w illus. 6 1/8 x 9 1/4
Wargo lives in Killingworth, CT. 978-0-300-11037-1 $32.50
63
General Interest
1688
The First Modern Revolution
Steve Pincus
Based on new archival information, this book

upends two hundred years of scholarship on
England’s Glorious Revolution to claim that
it—not the French Revolution—was the first
truly modern revolution.
F or two hundred years historians have viewed

England’s Glorious Revolution of 1688–1689 as an
un-revolutionary revolution—bloodless, consensual, aristo-
cratic, and above all, sensible. In this brilliant new inter-
pretation Steve Pincus refutes this traditional view. “In this prodigious work of scholarship,
vast in scope and profound in its implica-
By expanding the interpretive lens to include a broader tions, Pincus challenges Macaulay and the
geographical and chronological frame, Pincus demon- orthodox view that the Glorious Revolution
was moderate, peaceful, and conservative,
strates that England’s revolution was a European event, and reveals a violent transformational
that it took place over a number of years, not months, event that revolutionized England’s state,
and that it had repercussions in India, North America, church, and political economy, and intro-
duced political modernity.”—Bernard Bailyn,
the West Indies, and continental Europe. His rich histori- Harvard University
cal narrative traces the transformation of English foreign
policy, religious culture, and political economy that, he
“Utterly extraordinary.”
argues, was the intended consequence of the revolution-
—Don Herzog, University of Michigan
aries.
James II developed a modernization program that empha- ✦ The Lewis Walpole Series in
Eighteenth-Century Studies
sized centralized control, repression of dissidents, and ter-
ritorial empire. The revolutionaries, by contrast, took
advantage of the new economic possibilities to create a Marketing Highlights
bureaucratic but participatory state. The postrevolutionary ♦ Major review attention
English state emphasized its ideological break with the ♦ Online marketing
past and envisioned itself as continuing to evolve. All of ♦ Academic and library marketing
this, argues Pincus, makes the Glorious Revolution the first
truly modern revolution. This wide-ranging book reenvi-
sions the nature of the Glorious Revolution and of revolu-
tions in general, the causes and consequences of com-
mercialization, the nature of liberalism, and ultimately the
origins and contours of modernity itself.
S T E V E P I N C U S is professor of history at Yale University. He is

the author of The Politics of the Public Sphere in Early Modern
September History
England, Protestantism and Patriotism, and England’s Glorious
672 pp. 72 b/w illus. 7 x 10
Revolution. He lives in Cambridge, MA, and New Haven, CT. 978-0-300-11547-5 $40.00
64
General Interest
BOYHOODS
Rethinking Masculinities
Ken Corbett
In the tradition of Carol Gilligan’s In a Different

Voice, a groundbreaking understanding of the
development of boys that truly re-defines
masculinity
F amiliar and expected gender patterns help us to

understand boys but often constrict our under-
standing of any given boy. Writing in a wonderfully
robust and engaging voice, Ken Corbett argues for a new
psychology of masculinity, one that is not strictly de-
“Boyhoods is a magnificently articulate
pendent on normative expectation. As he writes in his guide towards the complexity and respect
introduction, “no two boys, no two boyhoods are the without which understanding human
psychology and sexuality is impossible.
same.” In Boyhoods Corbett seeks to release boys from
Through superbly rendered case histories,
the grip of expectation as Mary Pipher did for girls in Corbett offers new possibilities of theo-
Reviving Ophelia. rizing and imagining masculinity. He
writes with gentle, unassailable reason,
Corbett grounds his understanding of masculinity in his marvelous empathy, playful, subversive
wit, and scrupulous self-examination and
clinical practice and in a dynamic reading of feminist and
courage. This is a beautiful contribution
queer theories. New social ideals are being articulated. to the all-important work of undoing the
New possibilities for recognition are in play. How is a boy ‘fossilized’ version of masculinity which
lamentably remains our social and thera-
made between the body, the family, and the culture? Does
peutic norm.”—Tony Kushner
a boy grow by identifying with his father, or by separating
from his mother? Can we continue to presume that mas-
culinity is made at home? Corbett uses case studies to defy Marketing Highlights
stereotypes, depicting masculinity as various and com- ♦ National review attention
plex. He examines the roles that parental and cultural anx- ♦ Off-the-book page features
iety play in development, and he argues for a more ♦ Online marketing
nuanced approach to cross-gendered fantasy and experi- ♦ Academic and library marketing
ence, one that does not mistake social consensus for well-
being. Corbett challenges us at last to a fresh consideration
of gender, with profound implications for understanding
all boys.
K E N C O R B E T T is Clinical Assistant Professor at the New

York University Postdoctoral Program in Psychotherapy and September Psychology
Psychoanalysis. He is an analyst in practice with adults and chil- 224 pp. 6 1/8 x 9 1/4
dren in New York City. 978-0-300-14984-5 $26.00
65
General Interest
THE JAGUAR’S SHADOW
Searching for a Mythic Cat
Richard Mahler
In the tradition of Peter Matthiessen’s The

Snow Leopard, an intimate portrait of the
endangered, exotic, and elusive jaguar
W hen the nature writer Richard Mahler discovers

that wild jaguars are prowling a remote corner
of his home state of New Mexico, he embarks on a deter-
mined quest to see in the flesh a big, beautiful cat that is
the stuff of legend—yet verifiably real.
“Mahler has provided the most compre-
Mahler’s passion sets in motion a years-long adventure hensive portrait yet of one of the most
through trackless deserts, steamy jungles, and malarial elusive felines in the world.”
swamps, as well as a confounding immersion in cen- —Kevin Hansen, author of Bobcat: Master of
Survival
turies-old debates over how we should properly regard
these powerful predators: as varmints or as icons, tro- “We must decide whether we have
phies or gods? He is drawn from border badlands south room in our lives for life itself. Richard
Mahler’s obsession with jaguars will
to Panama’s rain forest along a route where the fate of convince anyone that we must have
nearly all wildlife now rests in human hands. Mahler’s them out in the night of our wilder
odyssey introduces him to unrepentant poachers, prag- dreams. We need jaguars far more than
they need us. They may be heavy, but
matic ranchers, midnight drug-runners, ardent conser-
they’re our secretive spotted brothers.”
vationists, trance-induced shamans, hopeful biologists, —Charles Bowden, author of Exodus/Éxodo
stodgy bureaucrats, academic philosophers, macho
hunters, and gentle Maya Indians. Along the way, he is
forced to reconsider the true meaning of his search—
and the enduring symbolism of the jaguar.
R I C H A R D M A H L E R is an award-winning writer, editor, and

tour guide based in Silver City, New Mexico. He is the author
or co-author of ten books, and his reporting on the environment, September Nature
health, travel, arts, and culture also circulates via newspapers, 376 pp. 41 b/w illus. 6 1/8 x 9 1/4
magazines, the Internet, and public radio. 978-0-300-12225-1 $27.00
66
General Interest
THE ART OF NOT BEING
GOVERNED
An Anarchist History of
Upland Southeast Asia
James C. Scott
The acclaimed author James Scott adopts a radi-

cally different approach to history to tell the story
of the deliberately stateless peoples who occupy a
vast track of land in Asia called Zomia
F or two thousand years the disparate groups that

now reside in Zomia (a mountainous region the size
of Europe that consists of portions of seven Asian coun-
tries) have fled the projects of the organized state societies
that surround them—slavery, conscription, taxes, corvée
“A brilliant study rich with humanity
labor, epidemics, and warfare. Essentially an “anarchist and cultural insights, this book will
history,” this book is the first-ever examination of why change the way readers think about
people would deliberately and reactively remain stateless. human history—and about themselves.
It is one of the most fascinating and
Among the strategies employed by the people of Zomia to provocative works in social history and
remain stateless are physical dispersion in rugged terrain; political theory that I, for one, have
agricultural practices that enhance mobility; pliable ethnic ever read.”
—Robert W. Hefner, Boston University
identities; devotion to prophetic, millenarian leaders; and
maintenance of a largely oral culture that allows them to
✦ ALSO AVAILABLE BY JAMES C. SCOTT:
reinvent their histories and genealogies as they move
between and around states. The Moral Economy of the Peasant
Rebellion and Subsistence in Southeast Asia
paper 978-0-300-02190-5 $20.00tx
James Scott, recognized worldwide as an eminent author- Seeing Like a State
ity in Southeast Asian, peasant, and agrarian studies, tells How Certain Schemes to Improve the Human
Condition Have Failed
the story of the peoples of Zomia and their unlikely paper 978-0-300-07815-2 $21.00sc
odyssey in search of self-determination. He redefines our
views on Asian politics, history, demographics, and even
our fundamental ideas about what constitutes civilization, Marketing Highlights
and challenges us with a radically different approach to ♦ Major review attention
history that presents events from the perspective of state- ♦ Online marketing
less peoples and redefines state-making as a form of ♦ Academic and library marketing
“internal colonialism.” This new perspective requires a
radical reevaluation of the civilizational narratives of the
lowland states, and represents a new way to think of other
runaway, fugitive, and marooned communities.
J A M E S C . S C O T T is Sterling Professor of Political Science,

professor of anthropology, and codirector of the Agrarian Studies September Politics/History
Program, Yale University, and a fellow of the American Academy 464 pp. 7 maps and 2 b/w illus. 6 1/8 x 9 1/4
of Arts and Sciences. 978-0-300-15228-9 $35.00
67
General Interest
CELESTINA
Fernando de Rojas
Translated by Margaret Sayers Peden
Edited and with an Introduction by
Roberto González Echevarría
The first European novel, exquisitely translated

by Margaret Sayers Peden
A timeless story of love, morality, and tragedy,

Fernando de Rojas’s Celestina is a classic of
Spanish literature. Second only to Don Quixote in its cul-
tural importance, Rojas’s dramatic dialogue presents the
elaborate tale of a star-crossed courtship between the
young nobleman Calisto and the beautiful maiden Melibea “A new English version of Celestina—a
in fifteenth-century Spain. Their unforgettable saga plays surprisingly modern Spanish master-
piece of the Renaissance—by an
out in vibrant exchanges, presented here in a brilliant new accomplished American translator.
translation by award-winning translator Margaret Sayers What a treat for readers!”
Peden. —Edith Grossman, translator of
Don Quixote
After a chance encounter with Melibea leaves Calisto
entranced by her charms, he enlists the services of ♦ The Margellos World Republic of Letters
Celestina, an aged prostitute, madam, and procuress, to The Margellos World Republic of Letters series identifies
arrange another meeting. She promptly seizes control of works of cultural and artistic significance previously over-
looked by translators and publishers, canonical works of
the affair, guiding it through a series of mishaps before it literature and philosophy needing new translations, as well
as important contemporary authors whose work has not yet
meets its tragic end. At times a comic character and at oth- been translated into English.
ers a self-assertive promoter of women’s sexual license,
Celestina is an inimitable personality with a surprisingly
modern consciousness, certain to be relished by a new
generation of readers. ♦ Major review attention
M A R G A R E T S AY E R S P E D E N is professor emerita of Spanish

at the University of Missouri and the translator of major works by
Octavio Paz, Pablo Neruda, Isabel Allende, and others. September Literature
R O B E R T O G O N Z Á L E Z E C H E VA R R Í A is Sterling Professor 288 pp. 21 b/w illus. 5 x 7 3/4
of Hispanic and Comparative Literature, Yale University. 978-0-300-14198-6 $22.00
68
General Interest
SIN
A History
Gary A. Anderson
A ground-breaking history of sin in the Jewish

and Christian traditions, written by a preemi-
nent biblical scholar
W hat is sin? Is it simply wrongdoing? Why do its

effects linger over time? In this sensitive, imag-
inative, and original work, Gary Anderson shows how
changing conceptions of sin and forgiveness lay at the
very heart of the biblical tradition. Spanning nearly two
thousand years, the book brilliantly demonstrates how sin,
“In this highly original study, Gary
once conceived of as a physical burden, becomes, over Anderson draws on a cornucopia of
time, eclipsed by economic metaphors. Transformed from sources (biblical, patristic, rabbinic) to
a weight that an individual carried, sin becomes a debt show how different metaphors, e.g. a
weight on one’s back or a debt to be paid,
that must be repaid in order to be redeemed in God’s eyes. have shaped the development of Jewish
and Christian understandings of sin.
Anderson shows how this ancient Jewish revolution in Though Anderson ranges far and wide, he
thought shaped the way the Christian church understood never loses sight of the big picture.”
—Robert Louis Wilken, William R. Kenan, Jr.,
the death and resurrection of Jesus and eventually led to
Professor of the History of Christianity, University
the development of various penitential disciplines, deeds of Virginia
of charity, and even papal indulgences. In so doing it
reveals how these changing notions of sin provided a spur Marketing Highlights
for the Protestant Reformation.
Broad in scope while still exceptionally attentive to detail, ♦ Online marketing
this ambitious and profound book unveils one of the most ♦ Academic and library marketing
seismic shifts that occurred in religious belief and practice,
deepening our understanding of one of the most funda-
mental aspects of human experience.
G A R Y A . A N D E R S O N is professor of Old Testament/ September Religion/History

Hebrew Bible in the Department of Theology at Notre Dame. 288 pp. 6 1/8 x 9 1/4
He lives in Notre Dame, IN. 978-0-300-14989-0 $30.00
69
General Interest
ON THE DEATH AND LIFE OF LANGUAGES
Claude Hagège
Translated by Jody Gladding
T wenty-five languages die each year; at this pace, half the world’s five
thousand languages will disappear within the next century. In this
timely book, Claude Hagège seeks to make clear the magnitude of the
cultural loss represented by the crisis of language death.
By focusing on the relationship of language to culture and the world of

ideas, Hagège shows how languages are themselves crucial repositories
of culture; the traditions, proverbs, and knowledge of our ancestors reside
in the language we use. His wide-ranging examination covers all conti-
nents and language families to uncover not only how languages die, but
also how they can be revitalized—for example in the remarkable case of
Hebrew. In a striking metaphor, Hagège likens languages to bonfires of
✦ An Editions Odile Jacob Book
social behavior that leave behind sparks even after they die; from these
sparks languages can be rekindled and made to live again. Marketing Highlights
C L A U D E H A G È G E is the Chair of Linguistic Theory at the Collège
de France in Paris. He is the author of more than fifteen books and the September Linguistics/Sociology/Anthropology
recipient of numerous awards and honors, including the Gold Medal 368 pp. 5 1/2 x 8 1/4
from Centre National de la Recherche Scientifique. He lives in Paris. 978-0-300-13733-0 $30.00
THE GREAT CALIPHS

The Golden Age of the ‘Abbasid Empire
Amira K. Bennison
I n this accessibly written history, Amira K. Bennison contradicts the

common assumption that Islam somehow interrupted the smooth
flow of Western civilization from its Graeco-Roman origins to its more
recent European and American manifestations. Instead, she places
Islamic civilization in the longer trajectory of Mediterranean civilizations
and sees the ‘Abbasid Empire (750–1258 C.E.) as the inheritor and inter-
preter of Graeco-Roman traditions.
At its greatest extent the ‘Abbasid caliphate stretched over the entire
Middle East and part of North Africa, and influenced Islamic regimes as
far west as Spain. Bennison’s examination of the politics, society, and cul-
ture of the ‘Abbasid period presents a picture of a society that nurtured
many of the “civilized” values that Western civilization claims to repre-
sent, albeit in different premodern forms: from urban planning and inter- Marketing Highlights
national trade networks to religious pluralism and academic research. ♦ Major review attention
Bennison’s argument counters the common Western view of Muslim cul-
ture as alien and offers a new perspective on the relationship between
Western and Islamic cultures.
September History
256 pp. 24 b/w illus. 6 1/8 x 9 1/4
A M I R A K . B E N N I S O N is senior lecturer in Middle Eastern and 978-0-300-15227-2 $30.00
For sale in the United States, its territories and dependencies,
Islamic Studies at the University of Cambridge. the Philippine Islands, and Canada only
70
General Interest
WAR WITHOUT FRONTS
The U.S. in Vietnam
Bernd Greiner
A brutal close-up of a strategy of civilian

slaughter sanctioned by American leaders,
and arguably a final indictment of the
American war in Vietnam
T o this day, the My Lai massacre has remained the

most shocking episode of the Vietnam War. Yet it is
now becoming clear that this infamous incident was not
an exception or aberration. Based on extensive research
and unprecedented access to U.S. Army archives, War
Without Fronts reveals the true extent of war crimes com- Shortly before 8 a.m. on
mitted by American troops in Vietnam. In a series of case 16 March 1968, C-Company, First
studies, Greiner looks at the killing work of U.S. Army Battalion, Twentieth Infantry,
death squads from 1967 to 1971. Eleventh Brigade, Americal
Division, on a search-and-destroy
Rather than pointing the finger at the “grunts” fighting a mission in Quang Ngai Province,
dirty war on the ground, Greiner argues that the responsi- South Vietnam, entered the small
bility for these atrocities extends all the way up to the hamlet of My Lai. By noon every
White House and the Pentagon. The escalation of violence living being the troops could find
on the ground can be attributed to several factors: a U.S. was dead—about 500 women,
political leadership afraid for the United States to lose its
children and old men had been
systematically murdered.
credibility and unable, against better advice, to stop the
war; a military that devised a strategy of attrition based on
“body counts” as the only way to defeat an enemy skilled Marketing Highlights
in unconventional warfare; officers who were badly
trained, lacking in motivation and interested only in fur-
thering their careers; soldiers who realized they were utter-
ly disposable and sought to empower themselves through
random killing. The result was the torture, rape, maiming,
and murder of countless Vietnamese civilians.
September History
B E R N D G R E I N E R is professor at the University of Hamburg, as 576 pp. 6 1/8 x 9 1/4
well as the director of the research program on the theory and his- 978-0-300-15451-1 $35.00
tory of violence at the Hamburg Institute of Social Research. For sale in the U.S. only
71
General Interest
THE GATES OF HELL
Sir John Franklin’s Tragic Quest for the
North West Passage
Andrew Lambert
From one of our foremost naval historians, the

compelling story of the doomed Arctic voyage
of the HMS Erebus and the HMS Terror, com-
manded by Captain Sir John Franklin
A ndrew Lambert, a leading authority on naval histo-

ry, reexamines the life of Sir John Franklin and his
final, doomed Arctic voyage. Franklin was a man of his
time, fascinated, even obsessed with, the need to explore
the world; he had already mapped nearly two-thirds of the
northern coastline of North America when he undertook
“An insightful, provocative, and very
his third Arctic voyage in 1845, at the age of fifty-nine. stimulating work.”—Gary Weir, Chief
Historian, National Geospatial-Intelligence Agency
His two ships were fitted with the latest equipment; steam
engines enabled them to navigate the pack ice, and he and
his crew had a three-year supply of preserved and tinned Marketing Highlights
food and more than one thousand books. Despite these ♦ Review attention
preparations, the voyage ended in catastrophe: the ships ♦ Online marketing
became imprisoned in the ice, and the men were wracked ♦ Academic and library marketing
by disease and ultimately wiped out by hypothermia,
scurvy, and cannibalism.
Franklin’s mission was ostensibly to find the elusive North

West Passage, a viable sea route between Europe and Asia
reputed to lie north of the American continent. Lambert
shows for the first time that there were other scientific
goals for the voyage and that the disaster can only be
understood by reconsidering the original objectives of the
mission. Franklin, commonly dismissed as a bumbling
fool, emerges as a more important and impressive figure,
in fact, a hero of navigational science.
A N D R E W L A M B E R T is Laughton Professor of Naval History

in the Department of War Studies at King’s College, London. He
is also a fellow of the Royal Historical Society. He has also written September History/Biography
and presented the 2004 BBC television series War at Sea. 416 pp. 8 color illus. 6 1/8 x 9 1/4
978-0-300-15485-6 $32.50
For sale in the United States only
72
General Interest
ANDY WARHOL
Arthur C. Danto
An elegant, masterful portrait of Andy

Warhol’s life, character, and lasting influence
by an eminent art critic
I n a work of great wisdom and insight, art critic and

philosopher Arthur Danto delivers a compact, master-
ful tour of Andy Warhol’s personal, artistic, and philo-
sophical transformations. Danto traces the evolution of the
pop artist, including his early reception, relationships with
artists such as Jasper Johns and Robert Rauschenberg, and
the Factory phenomenon. He offers close readings of indi-
vidual Warhol works, including their social context and
“A distinctive original contribution that
philosophical dimensions, key differences with predeces- can be read in a single sitting, but
sors such as Marcel Duchamp, and parallels with succes- embodies the wisdom of a lifetime of
sors like Jeff Koons. Danto brings to bear encyclopedic looking, reflection and writing. It’s as if
Danto has been waiting all these years
knowledge of Warhol’s time and shows us Warhol as an
to produce this magnificent synthesis.”
endlessly multidimensional figure—artist, political activist, —David Carrier, Cleveland Institute of Art
filmmaker, writer, philosopher—who retains permanent
residence in our national imagination.
♦ Icons of America
Danto suggests that “what makes him an American icon Icons of America is a series of short works by leading
is that his subject matter is always something that the ordi- scholars, critics, and writers on American history, or
more properly the image of America in American history,
nary American understands: everything, or nearly every- through the lens of a single iconic individual, event,
object, or cultural phenomenon.
thing he made art out of came straight out of the daily
lives of very ordinary Americans. . . . The tastes and val-
ues of ordinary persons all at once were inseparable from Marketing Highlights
advanced art.” ♦ National review attention
♦ Off-the-book-page features
A R T H U R C . D A N T O is Johnsonian Professor Emeritus of

Philosophy at Columbia University. Danto is the art critic for the
Nation and the author of numerous books, including Unnatural
Wonders: Essays from the Gap Between Art and Life, After the October Biography
End of Art, and Beyond the Brillo Box: The Visual Arts in Post- 184 pp. 6 b/w illus. 5 1/2 x 8 1/4
Historical Perspective. 978-0-300-13555-8 $24.00
73
General Interest
In the tradition of Jane Goodall and Dian Fossey,
offers an unusual glimpse
G . A . B RA D S H AW
✦ Has contributed to establishing the field of

trans-species psychology
✦ Frequently discusses the psychology

of elephants, wildlife, and other animals in
the national media, including 20/20 and
National Geographic television and magazine
Winni Wintermeyer
✦ Was featured prominently in the October
2006 New York Times Magazine article
“An Elephant Crackup?”
Q: How did you become interested in

elephants and their welfare?
A: Often, when people who work with
elephants are asked this question, they
answer: “The elephants chose me.” And I
have to say that has been my case. From
a more rational perspective, my decision
to study elephants was compelled by
their obvious suffering. The stress has
been so extreme that it has led to such
un-elephant-like behavior—what the
media refers to as “elephant violence.”
Changes in behavior from what is consid-
ered normal doesn‘t just happen out of
the blue—it has a reason. I wanted to
understand the nature of elephant trau-
ma, the causes of their psychological
anguish and how to help the elephants.
♦ ♦ ♦
Photos courtesy of Cyril Christo and Marie Wilkinson
74
General Interest
a renowned animal trauma specialist
into the elephant mind
ELEPHANTS ON THE EDGE

What Animals Teach Us About Humanity
G. A. Bradshaw
W hat do neuroscience, psychology, and animal

behavior tell us about the emotions and lives
of elephants and other animals? G. A. Bradshaw gives a
shattering and ground-breaking exploration that draws
on the latest in scientific advances and on stories from
India to Africa and California to Tennessee. Wars, star-
vation, mass culls, poaching, and habitat loss have
reduced elephant numbers from more than ten million
“Revolutionary and very exciting, this
to a few hundred thousand, leaving orphans bereft of
book is important both in terms of
the elders who would normally mentor them. As a con- elephant biology and elephant welfare.”
sequence, traumatized elephants have become aggres- —Cynthia Moss, Amboseli Trust for Elephants
sive against people, other animals, and even one anoth-
“A poignant presentation of the
er; their behavior is comparable to that of humans who eradication of elephant societies. . . .
have experienced mass extermination, other types of The arguments transcend the subject
matter of elephants and herald a new
violence, and social collapse. By exploring the elephant
cultural stance on human-animal
mind and experience in the wild and in captivity, relationships.”—Lori Marino, Emory University
Bradshaw bears witness to the breakdown of ancient
elephant cultures.
All is not lost. People are working to save elephants by
♦ National feature coverage
rescuing orphaned infants and rehabilitating adult zoo
and circus elephants, using the same principles psy-
♦ Radio interview campaign
chologists apply in treating humans who have survived
trauma. Pulling elephants back from the edge provides
new solutions for pressing social and environmental
crises affecting all animals, human or not.
Elephants on the Edge features photographs by Cyril Cristo

and Marie Wilkinson.
G . A . B R A D S H AW , who holds doctorates in ecology and psy-

chology, is director of the Kerulos Center and president and co-founder
October Nature
of the International Association for Animal Trauma and Recovery. She
320 pp. 32 b/w illus. 6 1/8 x 9 1/4
lives in Jacksonville, OR. 978-0-300-12731-7 $30.00
75
General Interest
TREASURES OF THE EARTH
Need, Greed, and a Sustainable Future
Saleem H. Ali
A pioneering exploration of human wants and

needs and the natural resources we consume
W ould the world be a better place if human soci-

eties were somehow able to curb their desires
for material goods? Saleem Ali’s pioneering book links
human wants and needs by providing a natural history of
consumption and materialism with scientific detail and
humanistic nuance. It argues that simply disavowing con- “The history of human relationships
sumption of materials is not likely to help in planning for with the earth’s resources is an impor-
a resource-scarce future, given global inequality, develop- tant story and Ali tells it from an
extraordinarily wide perspective. The
ment imperatives, and our goals for a democratic global interaction of our fascination with these
society. Rather than suppress the creativity and desire to materials and the implications of con-
discover that is often embedded in the exploration and sumption behavior for the environment
deserves the attention that Ali gives it in
production of material goods—which he calls “the treas-
this quest to understand the psychology
ure impulse”—Ali proposes a new environmental para- of treasure-seeking.”
digm, one that accepts our need to consume “treasure” for —Thomas Graedel, Yale University
cultural and developmental reasons, but warns of our con-
comitant need to conserve. In evaluating the impact of
treasure consumption on resource-rich countries, he
argues that there is a way to consume responsibly and
♦ Op-eds at time of publication
alleviate global poverty.
“This compelling narrative about the social, economic, and
environmental effects of the quest for mineral wealth
shows the human impulse of ‘acquisitiveness.’ Ali distin-
guishes between ‘needs’ and ‘wants’ to develop the links
between consumption, environmental degradation, and
human well-being.”
—John Gowdy, Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute
S A L E E M H . A L I is associate professor of environmental studies

at the University of Vermont and serves on the adjunct faculty of the
Watson Institute for International Studies at Brown University. He
was chosen in 2007 by Seed magazine as one of eight
October Economics/Environmental Studies
Revolutionary Minds in the World for his work on using the envi-
320 pp. 21 b/w illus. 6 1/8 x 9 1/4
ronment to help resolve conflicts. He lives in Essex Junction, VT. 978-0-300-14161-0 $30.00
76
General Interest
A NEW HISTORY OF
EARLY CHRISTIANITY
Charles Freeman
This stimulating history of early Christianity

revisits the extraordinary birth of a world reli-
gion and gives a new slant on a familiar story
T he relevance of Christianity is as hotly contested

today as it has ever been. A New History of Early
Christianity shows how our current debates are rooted in
CHARLES FREEM AN
author of The Closing of the Western Mind
the many controversies surrounding the birth of the reli-

gion and the earliest attempts to resolve them. Charles “A New History of Early Christianity is a
masterful book, and a pleasure to read.
Freeman’s meticulous historical account of Christianity
Freeman narrates the development,
from its birth in Judaea in the first century A.D. to the diversity, and spread of Christianity with
emergence of Western and Eastern churches by A.D. 600 originality and verve. It is a story that
brims over with fascinating accounts,
reveals that it was a distinctive, vibrant, and incredibly
intriguing quotations from figures in the
diverse movement brought into order at the cost of intel- ancient Mediterranean, and illuminating
lectual and spiritual vitality. Against the conventional nar- historical analysis. It is also a crucial
rative of the inevitable “triumph” of a single distinct resource for our understanding of ongo-
ing cultural negotiations of religious and
Christianity, Freeman shows that there was a host of com- political spheres, all those theologico-
peting Christianities, many of which had as much claim to political paradoxes that face us now more
authenticity as those that eventually dominated. than ever. I do not think there exists a
more engaging and illuminating history
of early Christianity than this one.”
Tracing the astonishing transformation that the early
—Ward Blanton, University of Glasgow
Christian church underwent—from sporadic niches of
Christian communities surviving in the wake of a horrific
crucifixion to sanctioned alliance with the state—Charles Marketing Highlights
Freeman shows how freedom of thought was curtailed by ♦ Major review attention
the development of the concept of faith. The imposition of ♦ Online marketing
“correct belief,” religious uniformity, and an institutional ♦ Academic and library marketing
framework that enforced orthodoxy were both consolidat-
ing and stifling. Uncovering the difficulties in establishing
the Christian church, he examines its relationship with
Judaism, Gnosticism, Greek philosophy and Greco-Roman
society, and he offers dramatic new accounts of Paul, the
resurrection, and the church fathers and emperors.
C H A R L E S F R E E M A N , a specialist on the ancient world and October History/Religious History

its legacy, is the author of numerous books, including The 400 pp. 26 b/w illus. 6 x 9
Closing of the Western Mind. 978-0-300-12581-8 $35.00
77
General Interest
A QUESTION OF COMMAND
Counterinsurgency from the Civil War
to Iraq
Mark Moyar
An argument for a dramatically different

approach to counterinsurgency, based on a
reinterpretation of the nature of counter-
insurgency warfare
A ccording to the prevailing view of counterinsur-

gency, the key to defeating insurgents is selecting
methods that will win the people’s hearts and minds. The
hearts-and-minds theory permeates not only most coun-
terinsurgency books of the twenty-first century but the
U.S. Army/Marine Corps Counterinsurgency Field Manual, “Moyar’s approach fundamentally and
the U.S. military’s foremost text on counterinsurgency. successfully challenges the clearly
disproven but still widespread notion
Mark Moyar assails this conventional wisdom, asserting
that any good soldier can be a good
that the key to counterinsurgency is selecting command- counterinsurgent. Moyar powerfully
ers who have superior leadership abilities. Whereas the undergirds his arguments through
massive research across numerous case
hearts-and-minds school recommends allocating much
studies diverse in time and place.”
labor and treasure to economic, social, and political —Anthony James Joes, St. Joseph’s University
reforms, Moyar advocates concentrating resources on
security, civil administration, and leadership development.
✦ Yale Library of Military History
Moyar presents a wide-ranging history of counterinsur-
gency, from the Civil War and Reconstruction to
Afghanistan and Iraq, that draws on the historical record Marketing Highlights
and interviews with hundreds of counterinsurgency veter- ♦ National media interviews
ans, including top leaders in today’s armed forces. ♦ Major review attention
Through a series of case studies, Moyar identifies the ten ♦ Online marketing
critical attributes of counterinsurgency leadership and ♦ Academic and library marketing
reveals why these attributes have been much more preva-
lent in some organizations than others. He explains how
the U.S. military and America’s allies in Afghanistan and
Iraq should revamp their personnel systems in order to
elevate more individuals with those attributes into leader-
ship roles in these counterinsurgent wars.
M A R K M O YA R is the Kim T. Adamson Chair of Insurgency

and Terrorism at the U.S. Marine Corps University. A historian
and an analyst of contemporary national security affairs, he is
the author of Triumph Forsaken: The Vietnam War, 1954–1965, October History
and Phoenix and the Birds of Prey: Counterinsurgency and 384 pp. 20 b/w illus. + 7 maps 6 1/8 x 9 1/4
Counterterrorism in Vietnam. He lives in Woodbridge, VA. 978-0-300-15276-0 $30.00
78
General Interest
THE HANGING OF
THOMAS JEREMIAH
A Free Black Man’s Encounter with Liberty
J. William Harris
The tragic untold story of how a nation strug-

gling for its freedom denied it to one of its own
I n 1775, Thomas Jeremiah was one of fewer than 500

“Free Negros” in South Carolina and, with an estimat-
ed worth of £1000 (about $200,000), possibly the richest
person of African descent in British North America. A
slave owner himself, Jeremiah was falsely accused by “Beautifully written, this intense study
whites—who resented his success as a Charleston harbor of the conflict between liberty and slavery
pilot—of sowing insurrection among slaves at the behest is told through the lives of colonial
Americans in Charleston, South Carolina.
of the British. In unraveling the mystery of a slave insur-
rection plot, Harris provides a wonderfully
Chief among the accusers was Henry Laurens, thick description of colonial life in Charles
Charleston’s leading patriot, a slave owner and former Town, South Carolina, in 1775. This model
microhistory opens up wonderful new
slave trader, who would later become the president of
insights about liberty in the context of the
the Continental Congress. Lord William Campbell, royal American Revolution: what liberty meant
governor of the colony, who passionately believed the and for whom. This is history at its best,
accusation was unjust, tried to save Jeremiah’s life but history as it should be.”
—Orville Vernon Burton, author of The Age of
failed. Though a free man, Jeremiah was tried in a slave Lincoln
court and sentenced to death. In August, 1775, he was
hanged and his body burned.
J. William Harris tells Jeremiah’s story in full for the first Marketing Highlights
time, illuminating the contradiction between a nation that ♦ Major review attention
would be born in a struggle for freedom and yet deny it— ♦ Online marketing
often violently—to others. ♦ Academic and library marketing
J . W I L L I A M H A R R I S is professor of history at the University of

New Hampshire. He is the author of The Making of the American
South: A Short History, 1500–1877; Deep Souths: Delta,
Piedmont and Sea Island Society in the Age of Segregation (final-
ist for the 2002 Pulitzer Prize in history); and Plain Folk and Gentry November History
in a Slave Society: White Liberty and Black Slavery in Augusta’s 240 pp. 22 b/w illus. 6 1/8 x 9 1/4
Hinterlands. He lives in Arlington, MA. 978-0-300-15214-2 $27.50
79
General Interest
MOZART’S THIRD BRAIN
Göran Sonnevi
Translation, Preface, and Notes by Rika Lesser
Foreword by Rosanna Warren
One of the great poetic masterpieces of the

past century, exquisitely translated from the
Swedish
W inner of the 2006 Nordic Council’s Literature

Prize, Swedish writer Göran Sonnevi is
undoubtedly one of the most important poets working
today. In Mozart’s Third Brain, his thirteenth book of verse,
he attempts “a commentary on everything”—politics, cur- “Göran Sonnevi is one of the most
rent events, mathematics, love, ethics, music, philosophy, unique and most accomplished poets
writing anywhere in the world. There is
nature. Through the impeccable skill of award-winning no one like him in terms of the scope,
translator Rika Lesser, Sonnevi’s long-form poem comes to the magnificence of his ambition for his
life in English with the full force of its loose, fractured, and work, and few come close to what he
can technically manage. . . . Brilliantly
radiating intensity.
translated, Rika Lesser’s verse in
English is supple and capacious.”—C. K.
A poetic tour de force that darts about dynamically and Williams
imaginatively, Mozart’s Third Brain weaves an elaborate
♦ The Margellos World Republic of Letters
web of associations as the poet tries to integrate his pri-
The Margellos World Republic of Letters series identifies
vate consciousness with the world around him. Through works of cultural and artistic significance previously over-
Lesser’s translation and preface, and an enlightening fore- looked by translators and publishers, canonical works of
literature and philosophy needing new translations, as well
word by Rosanna Warren, English readers will finally gain as important contemporary authors whose work has not yet
been translated into English.
access to this masterpiece.
♦ Author events in N.Y.C.
Born in 1939 in Lund, Sweden, G Ö R A N S O N N E V I is the

author of fifteen books of poems and a volume of poetry in trans-
lation. R I K A L E S S E R is the author of four books of poems and
October Poetry
six books of poetry in translation. She teaches poetry and literary 288 pp. 6 x 7 3/4
translation and lives in Brooklyn, New York. 978-0-300-14580-9 $25.00
80
General Interest
ONE NATION UNDER CONTRACT
The Outsourcing of American Power and
the Future of Foreign Policy
Allison Stanger
A definitive and disturbing look at one of the

most important trends in government and
global politics: the privatization of American
foreign policy and its consequences
I nternational relations scholar Allison Stanger shows how

contractors became an integral part of American foreign
policy, often in scandalous ways—but also maintains that
contractors aren’t the problem; the absence of good gov-
ernment is. Outsourcing done right is, in fact, indispensable
to America’s interests in the information age. “The book aims admirably for both
breadth and depth, examining the
Stanger makes three arguments. specifics of private activity in defense,
diplomacy, development, and security
✦ The outsourcing of U.S. government activities is far under an intellectual rubric that cuts
greater than most people realize, has been very across all four spheres. This is a fascinat-
poorly managed, and has inadvertently militarized ing treatment of an important subject.”
American foreign policy; —Debora Spar, President, Barnard College
✦ Despite this mismanagement, public-private

partnerships are here to stay, so we had better learn
to do them right;
✦ With improved transparency and accountability, ♦ Major review attention
these partnerships can significantly extend the reach ♦ Online marketing
and effectiveness of U.S. efforts abroad. ♦ Academic and library marketing
Through detailed explorations of the evolution of military

outsourcing, the privatization of diplomacy, our dysfunc-
tional homeland security apparatus, and the slow death of
the U.S. Agency for International Development, Stanger
shows that the requisite public-sector expertise to imple-
ment foreign policy no longer exists. The successful activi-
ties of charities and NGOs, coupled with the growing partic-
ipation of multinational corporations in development
efforts, make a new approach essential. Provocative and far-
reaching, One Nation Under Contract presents a bold vision
of what that new approach must be.
October Politics/Current Events/

A L L I S O N S TA N G E R is Russell Leng Professor of International International Affairs
Politics and Economics at Middlebury College and director of its 288 pp. 7 b/w illus. 6 1/8 x 9 1/4
Rohatyn Center for International Affairs. 978-0-300-15265-4 $26.00
81
General Interest
THE BEST TECHNOLOGY
WRITING 2009
Edited by Steven Johnson
Acclaimed author Steven Johnson picks the

year’s most sparkling tech writing
“T he ubiquity of the digital lifestyle has forced us

to write and think about technology in a dif-
ferent way.”—Steven Johnson
In his Introduction to this beautifully curated collection of

essays, Steven Johnson heralds the arrival of a new gener-
ation of technology writing. Whether it is Nicholas Carr
worrying that Google is making us stupid, Dana Goodyear ♦ National feature coverage
chronicling the rise of the cellphone novel, Andrew ♦ Online marketing
Sullivan explaining the rewards of blogging, Dalton Conley ♦ Library marketing
lamenting the sprawling nature of work in the information ♦ Cross-promotion with featured
publications and contibutions
age, or Clay Shirky marveling at the “cognitive surplus”
unleashed by the decline of the TV sitcom, this new gen-
eration does not waste time speculating about the future.
Its attitude seems to be: Who needs the future? The pres-
ent is plenty interesting on its own.
Packed with sparkling essays culled from print and online

publications, The Best Technology Writing 2009 announces
a fresh brand of technology journalism, deeply immersed
in the fascinating complexity of digital life.
S T E V E N J O H N S O N is the author of six books, including the

recent bestsellers The Invention of Air, The Ghost Map, and
Everything Bad Is Good for You. He writes for the New York
Times Magazine, Wired, the Guardian, Discover, and other publi- October Media/Essays
cations, and has made numerous appearances on Charlie Rose, 288 pp. 5 1/2 x 8 1/4
The Daily Show, and The Colbert Report. He lives in Brooklyn. paper 978-0-300-15410-8 $17.95
82
General Interest
CHARLES DICKENS
Michael Slater
A magnificent new biography of the man who

gave us David Copperfield, Oliver Twist, and
Ebenezer Scrooge
T his long-awaited biography, twenty years after the

last major account, uncovers Dickens the man
through the profession in which he excelled. Drawing on a
lifetime’s study of this prodigiously brilliant figure, Michael
Slater explores the personal and emotional life, the high-
profile public activities, the relentless travel, the charitable “A magisterial exploration. . . . The
works, the amateur theatricals, and the astonishing pro- breadth and acuity of Slater’s knowl-
ductivity. But the core focus is Dickens’ career as a writer edge of Dickens is staggering, and yet
the material is presented in an unpre-
and professional author, covering not only his big novels tentious, economical and compelling
but also his phenomenal output of other writing—letters, manner. This is a study which will
journalism, shorter fiction, plays, verses, essays, writings enlighten every student of Dickens, and
fascinate the general reader.”
for children, travel books, speeches, and scripts for his
—Paul Schlicke, University of Aberdeen
public readings, and the relationships among them.
Slater’s account, rooted in deep research but written with Marketing Highlights
affection, clarity, and economy, illuminates the context of
each of the great novels while locating the life of the
♦ Holiday gift book round-ups
author within the imagination that created them. It high-
♦ Holiday promotions
lights Dickens’ boundless energy, his passion for order and
fascination with disorder, his organizational genius, his
♦ Library marketing
deep concern for the poor and outrage at indifference
towards them, his susceptibility towards young women,
his love of Christmas and fairy tales, and his hatred of
tyranny.
Richly and precisely illustrated with many rare images,

this masterly work on the complete Dickens, man and
writer, becomes the indispensable guide and companion
to one of the greatest novelists in the language.
M I C H A E L S L AT E R is Emeritus Professor of Victorian Literature

at Birkbeck College, University of London. He is past president November Biography
of the International Dickens Fellowship and of the Dickens 640 pp. 100 b/w illus. 6 1/8 x 9 1/4
Society of America, and the author of many books. 978-0-300-11207-8 $35.00
83
General Interest
THE BIG HOUSE
Image and Reality of the American Prison
Stephen Cox
The complex and fascinating history of what

it’s like “doing time” in the “Big House,” and
its influence on the American imagination
T he “Big House” is America’s idea of the prison—a

huge, tough, ostentatiously oppressive pile of rock,
bristling with rules and punishments, overwhelming in
size and the intent to intimidate. Stephen Cox tells the
story of the American prison—its politics, its sex, its vio- “Professor Cox has brought prison studies
lence, its inability to control itself—and its idealization in into mainstream intellectual discourse,
American popular culture. This book investigates both the something Foucault tried to do but
failed.”–Nathan Kantrowitz, author of Close
popular images of prison and the realities behind them:
Control: Managing a Maximum Security Prison
problems of control and discipline, maintenance and
reform, power and sexuality. It conveys an awareness of
the limits of human and institutional power, and of the ♦ Icons of America
Icons of America is a series of short works by leading
symbolic and iconic qualities the “Big House” has attained scholars, critics, and writers on American history, or
in America’s understanding of itself. more properly the image of America in American history,
through the lens of a single iconic individual, event,
object, or cultural phenomenon.
“A first-rate piece of writing. . . . Captures and renders

novel and interesting a remarkable nineteenth-century
creation that lingers on in the twenty-first.”—Andrew Scull,
author of Madhouse
♦ Library marketing
S T E P H E N C O X is professor of literature and director of the November History/Sociology

Humanities Program at the University of California, San Diego. 224 pp. 25 b/w illus. 5 1/2 x 8 1/4
He is the editor of Liberty magazine. 978-0-300-12419-4 $26.00
84
General Interest
WHY ARCHITECTURE
MATTERS
Paul Goldberger
An architecture book in the tradition of Aaron

Copland’s classic What to Listen for in Music, by
the Pulitzer Prize–winning New Yorker critic
W hy Architecture Matters is not a work of archi-

tectural history or a guide to the styles or an
architectural dictionary, though it contains elements of
all three. The purpose of Why Architecture Matters is to
“come to grips with how things feel to us when we stand
before them, with how architecture affects us emotional-
“Paul Goldberger is America’s foremost
ly as well as intellectually”—with its impact on our lives. interpreter of public architecture.”
“Architecture begins to matter,” writes Paul Goldberger, —Tracy Kidder
“when it brings delight and sadness and perplexity and

awe along with a roof over our heads.” He shows us how
♦ Why X Matters
that works in examples ranging from a small Cape Cod
Featuring intriguing pairings of authors with subjects,
cottage to the “vast, flowing” Prairie houses of Frank each volume in the Why X Matters series presents a
Lloyd Wright, from the Lincoln Memorial to the highly concise argument for the continuing relevance of an
important person or idea.
sculptural Guggenheim Bilbao and the Church of Sant’Ivo
in Rome, where “simple geometries . . . create a work of
architecture that embraces the deepest complexities of Marketing Highlights
human imagination.” ♦ National review attention
Based on decades of looking at buildings and thinking
about how we experience them, the distinguished critic
raises our awareness of fundamental things like propor-
tion, scale, space, texture, materials, shapes, light, and
memory. Upon completing this remarkable architectural
journey, readers will enjoy a wonderfully rewarding new
way of seeing and experiencing every aspect of the built
world.
PA U L G O L D B E R G E R is the architecture critic for the New

Yorker, where since 1997 he has written the magazine’s cele-
brated “Sky Line” column. He also holds the Joseph Urban Chair
in Design and Architecture at The New School in Manhattan. November Architecture
He began his career at the New York Times, where in 1984 he 288 pp. 55 b/w illus. 5 1/4 x 7 3/4
received the Pulitzer Prize for Distinguished Criticism. 978-0-300-14430-7 $26.00
85
General Interest
DAZZLED AND DECEIVED
Mimicry and Camouflage
Peter Forbes
The remarkable story of how mimicry is used by

some of the most extraordinary creatures in the
world
N ature has perfected the art of deception.

Thousands of creatures all over the world—includ-
ing butterflies, moths, fish, birds, insects, and snakes—
have honed and practiced camouflage over hundreds of
millions of years. Imitating other animals or their sur-
roundings, nature’s fakers use mimicry to protect them-
selves, to attract and repel, to bluff and warn, to forage,
and to hide. The advantages of mimicry are obvious—but Praise for The Gecko’s Foot
how does “blind” nature do it? And how has humanity by Peter Forbes:
learned to profit from nature’s ploys?
“Not only interesting and informative,
but delightful. . . . .This book fills us
Dazzled and Deceived tells the unique and fascinating story with wonder at what we know, and with
of mimicry and camouflage in science, art, warfare, and excitement at what we might find out.”
the natural world. Discovered in the 1850s by the young —Ross Leckie, Times (London)
English naturalists Henry Walter Bates and Alfred Russel

Wallace in the Amazonian rainforest, the phenomenon of Marketing Highlights
mimicry was seized upon as the first independent valida-
tion of Darwin’s theory of natural selection. But mimicry
and camouflage also created a huge impact outside the
laboratory walls. Peter Forbes’s cultural history links mim-
icry and camouflage to art, literature, military tactics, and
medical cures across the twentieth century, and charts its
intricate involvement with the perennial dispute between
evolution and creationism.
Illuminating and lively, Dazzled and Deceived sheds new

light on the greatest quest: to understand the processes of
life at its deepest level.
P E T E R F O R B E S , a writer, journalist, and editor with a long-

standing interest in the relationship between art and science, is November Nature
the author of The Gecko’s Foot. Since 2004 he has been a 300 pp. 6 b/w + 20 color illus. 6 x 9
Royal Literary Fund Fellow at Queen Mary University of London. 978-0-300-12539-9 $27.50
86
General Interest
DOMINION FROM SEA TO SEA
Pacific Ascendancy and American Power
Bruce Cumings
From the author of The Origins of the Korean

War, this book “faces West” to focus on the
importance of the Pacific Coast in a boldly origi-
nal reinterpretation of the American ascendency.
A merica is the first world power to inhabit an

immense land mass open at both ends to the
world’s two largest oceans—the Atlantic and the Pacific.
This gives America a great competitive advantage often
overlooked by Atlanticists, whose focus remains over-
whelmingly fixed on America’s relationship with Europe.
Praise for The Origins of the Korean War
Bruce Cumings challenges the Atlanticist perspective in
by Bruce Cumings:
this innovative new history, arguing that relations with
Asia influenced our history greatly. “Passionate, cantankerous, and
fascinating. . . . Rather like Korea itself.”
Cumings chronicles how the movement westward, from —Nicholas D. Kristof, New York Times Book
Review
the Middle West to the Pacific, has shaped America’s
industrial, technological, military, and global rise to power.
He unites domestic and international history, internation- Marketing Highlights
al relations, and political economy to demonstrate how ♦ Major review attention
technological change and sharp economic growth have ♦ Online marketing
created a truly bicoastal national economy that has led the ♦ Academic and library marketing
world for more than a century. Cumings emphasizes the
importance of American encounters with Mexico, the
Philippines, and the nations of East Asia. The result is a
wonderfully integrative history that advances a strong
argument for a dual approach to American history incor-
porating both Atlanticist and Pacificist perspectives.
B R U C E C U M I N G S is chair of the history department at the

University of Chicago. Author of the award-winning book The
Origins of the Korean War, he has also written for the New York November History
Review of Books, the New Left Review, the London Review of 608 pp. 21 b/w & 13 color illus. 6 1/8 x 9 1/4
Books, and the Nation. 978-0-300-11188-0 $38.00
87
General Interest
THE MASTER AND
HIS EMISSARY
The Divided Brain and the Making of the
Western World
Iain McGilchrist
A fascinating, deeply researched exploration

of the differences between the brain’s left and
right hemispheres, and their effect on society,
history, and culture
W hy is the brain divided? The difference between

right and left hemispheres has been puzzled
over for centuries. In a book of unprecedented scope, Iain
McGilchrist draws on a vast body of recent brain research,
“A work of grand ambition, brilliantly
illustrated with case histories, to reveal that the difference achieved; eloquent, moving, and
is profound—not just this or that function, but two whole, remarkable for the depth and scope of
coherent, but incompatible ways of experiencing the its scholarship.”—Professor Louis Sass,
Rutgers University
world. The left hemisphere is detail oriented, prefers
mechanisms to living things, and is inclined to self-inter-
est, where the right hemisphere has greater breadth, flex- Marketing Highlights
ibility, and generosity. This division helps explain the ori- ♦ Major review attention
gins of music and language, and casts new light on the his- ♦ Online marketing
tory of philosophy, as well as on some mental illnesses. ♦ Academic and library marketing
In the second part of the book, he takes the reader on a

journey through the history of Western culture, illustrating
the tension between these two worlds as revealed in the
thought and belief of thinkers and artists, from Aeschylus
to Magritte. He argues that, despite its inferior grasp of
reality, the left hemisphere is increasingly taking prece-
dence in the modern world, with potentially disastrous
consequences. This is truly a tour de force that should
excite interest in a wide readership.
I A I N M C G I L C H R I S T is a former Fellow of All Souls College,

Oxford, where he taught literature before training in medicine.
He has an interest in brain research and now works privately in November Science/Psychology
London, where he was a consultant and clinical director at the 448 pp. 20 b/w + 15 color illus. 6 1/4 x 9 1/8
Bethlem Royal and Maudsley Hospital. 978-0-300-14878-7 $38.00
88
General Interest
PASHAS
Traders and Travellers in the Islamic World
James Mather
The fascinating, forgotten story of when

Europe and Islam first met
L ong before they came as occupiers, the British were

drawn to the Middle East by the fabled riches of its
trade and the enlightened tolerance of its people. The
Pashas, merchants and travelers from Europe, discovered
an Islamic world that was alluring, dynamic, and diverse.
“An arresting and timely addition to
Ranging across two and a half centuries and through the the literature of Western-Islamic relation-
great cities of Istanbul, Aleppo, and Alexandria, James ships. The Levant Company has found a
worthy historian at last.”
Mather tells the forgotten story of the men of the Levant —Colin Thubron, author of Shadow of the Silk Road
Company who sought their fortunes in the Ottoman
Empire. Their trade brought to the region not only mer-
chants but also ambassadors and envoys, pilgrims and
chaplains, families and servants, aristocratic tourists and ♦ Major review attention
roving antiquarians. Unlike the nabobs who gathered their ♦ Online marketing
fortunes in Bengal, they both respected and learned from ♦ Academic and library marketing
the culture they encountered, and their lives provide a fas-
cinating insight into the meeting of East and West before
the age of European imperialism.
Intriguing, intimate, and original, Pashas brings to life an

extraordinary tale of faraway visitors beguiled by a myste-
rious world of Islam.
J A M E S M AT H E R was educated at Cambridge University November History

and at Harvard, where he was a Kennedy scholar. He is now a 320 pp. 16 b/w illus. 6 1/8 x 9 1/4
commercial barrister in London. 978-0-300-12639-6 $35.00
89
General Interest
AMONG THE GENTILES
Greco-Roman Religion and Christianity
Luke Timothy Johnson
An acclaimed scholar presents a bold new

interpretation of the relationship between
Greco-Roman religion and Christianity
T he question of Christianity’s relation to the other

religions of the world is more pertinent and difficult
today than ever before. While Christianity’s historical fail-
ure to appreciate or actively engage Judaism is notorious,
Christianity’s even more shoddy record with respect to
“pagan” religions is less understood. Christians have inher- Praise for The Real Jesus by
Luke Timothy Johnson
ited a virtually unanimous theological tradition that thinks
of paganism in terms of demonic possession, and of
“In the best of the recent flow of books
Christian missions as a rescue operation that saves pagans [on Jesus] Johnson offers a devastating
from inherently evil practices. critique of those scholars who prefer
their own reconstructed Jesus to the
In undertaking this fresh inquiry into early Christianity and one attested in the New Testament.”
—Newsweek
Greco-Roman paganism, Luke Timothy Johnson begins
with a broad definition of religion as a way of life organ-
ized around convictions and experiences concerning ulti- ✦ The Anchor Yale Bible Reference Library
mate power. In the tradition of William James’s Variety of
Religious Experience, he identifies four distinct ways of Marketing Highlights
being religious: religion as participation in benefits, as
moral transformation, as transcending the world, and as
stabilizing the world. Using these criteria as the basis for
his exploration of Christianity and paganism, Johnson
finds multiple points of similarity in religious sensibility.
Christianity’s failure to adequately come to grips with its

first pagan neighbors, Johnson asserts, inhibits any effort
to engage positively with adherents of various world reli-
gions. This thoughtful and passionate study should help
break down the walls between Christianity and other reli-
gious traditions.
L U K E T I M O T H Y J O H N S O N is the R. W. Woodruff
Professor of New Testament and Christian Origins at Candler November Religion
School of Theology and a Senior Fellow at the Center for the 416 pp. 6 1/8 x 9 1/4
Study of Law and Religion at Emory University. 978-0-300-14208-2 $32.50
90
General Interest
TALKING WITH SARTRE
Conversations and Debates
Edited and Translated by John Gerassi
These spirited conversations between the

philosopher and his godson provide one of the
most intimate, illuminating, and honest por-
traits of Sartre ever published.
W hat would it be like to be privy to the mind of

one of the twentieth century’s greatest
thinkers? John Gerassi had just this opportunity; as a child,
his mother and father were very close friends with Jean-
Paul Sartre and Simone de Beauvoir, and the couple
became for him like surrogate parents. Authorized by
Sartre to write his biography, Gerassi conducted a long “John Gerassi’s conversations with
Sartre make an absorbing moral, intel-
series of interviews between 1970 and 1974, which he has
lectual, and political chronicle. The
now edited to produce this revelatory and breathtaking speakers drive each other with improv-
portrait of one of the world’s most famous intellectuals. isational energy—anecdotes, revela-
tions, jokes and grudges, casual
Through the interviews, with both their informalities and sketches of old friends and former
friends jostle here as they do in the
their tensions, Sartre’s greater complexities emerge. In best conversation. And gradually a
particular, we see Sartre wrestling with the apparent con- portrait of Sartre emerges, the most
tradiction between his views on freedom and the influ- engaging and unsettling of minds;
great and petty, the prey of ordinary
ence of social conditions on our choices and actions. We
vanity yet capable of extraordinary
also gain insight into his perspectives on the Spanish Civil detachment. This book opens a door
War, World War II, and the disintegration of colonialism. on a man and an epoch.”
—David Bromwich, Yale University
These conversations add an intimate dimension to
Sartre’s more abstract ideas. With remarkable rigor and
intensity, they also provide a clear lens through which to
view the major conflagrations of the last century. ♦ Major review attention
J O H N G E R A S S I , currently professor of political science at November Biography

288 pp. 6 1/8 x 9 1/4
Queens College, City University of New York, is the author
paper orig. with flaps 978-0-300-15901-1 $20.00
of Jean-Paul Sartre: Hated Conscience of His Century. cloth 978-0-300-15107-7 $45.00tx
91
General Interest
NAZI PROPAGANDA FOR
THE ARAB WORLD
Jeffrey Herf
This groundbreaking history connects Nazi

Germany’s Arabic-language propaganda dur-
ing World War II to anti-Semitism in the
Middle East in the decades since.
J effrey Herf, a leading scholar in the field, offers the

most extensive examination to date of Nazi propagan-
da activities targeting Arabs and Muslims in the Middle
East during World War II and the Holocaust. He draws
extensively on previously unused and little-known archival
resources, including the shocking transcriptions of the
“Axis Broadcasts in Arabic” radio programs, which convey ♦ Major review attention
a strongly anti-Semitic message. ♦ Online marketing
Herf explores the intellectual, political, and cultural con-
text in which German and European radical anti-Semitism
was found to resonate with similar views rooted in a selec-
tive appropriation of the traditions of Islam. Pro-Nazi Arab
exiles in wartime Berlin, including Haj el-Husseini and
Rashid el-Kilani, collaborated with the Nazis in construct-
ing their Middle East propaganda campaign. By integrat-
ing the political and military history of the war in the
Middle East with the intellectual and cultural dimensions
of the propagandistic diffusion of Nazi ideology, Herf
offers the most thorough examination to date of this
important chapter in the history of World War II.
Importantly, he also shows how the anti-Semitism pro-
moted by the Nazi propaganda effort contributed to the
anti-Semitism exhibited by adherents of radical forms of
Islam in the Middle East today.
J E F F R E Y H E R F is a Professor in the Department of History at the

University of Maryland in College Park. He is the author of several
books, including Reactionary Modernism: Technology, Culture,
and Politics in Weimar and the Third Reich; The Jewish Enemy: November History
Nazi Propaganda During World War II and the Holocaust; and 384 pp. 6 1/8 x 9 1/4
Divided Memory: The Nazi Past in the Two Germanys. 978-0-300-14579-3 $30.00
92
General Interest
THE VIRGIN WARRIOR
The Life and Death of Joan of Arc
Larissa Juliet Taylor
The fascinating story of the “ordinary”

teenage girl who changed the course of
European history
F rance’s great heroine and England’s great scourge:

whether a lunatic, a witch, a religious icon, or a
skilled soldier and leader, Joan of Arc’s contemporaries
found her as extraordinary and fascinating as the legends
that abound about her today. But her life has been so end- “Larissa Juliet Taylor seeks the Joan of
Arc who actually lived. It is a stunning
lessly cast and recast that we have lost sight of the remark-
portrayal rarely encountered. Joan is
able girl at the heart of it—a teenage peasant girl who, intelligent, strong, articulate, and
after claiming to hear voices, convinced the French king to above all inspirational. If you have
let her lead a disheartened army into battle. In the process been looking for one book that
explains how this remarkable teenage
she changed the course of European history. girl could accomplish all that she
achieved, then this is it.”—Mack P. Holt,
In The Virgin Warrior, Larissa Juliet Taylor paints a vivid author of The French Wars of Religion
portrait of Joan as a self-confident, charismatic, and
supremely determined figure, whose sheer force of will
electrified those around her and struck terror into the
hearts of the English soldiers and leaders. The drama of
Joan’s life is set against a world where visions and witch-
craft were real, where saints could appear to peasants,
where battles and sieges decided the fate of kingdoms,
and where rigged trials could result in burning at the
stake. In her short life, Joan emboldened the French sol-
diers and villagers with her strength and resolve. A diffi-
cult, inflexible leader, she defied her accusers and enemies
to the end. From her early years to the myths and fan-
tasies that have swelled since her death, Taylor teases out
a nuanced and engaging story of the truly irresistible “ordi-
nary” girl who rescued France.
L A R I S S A J U L I E T TAY L O R is Associate Professor of History

at Colby College. She is the author of the award-winning October Biography
Soldiers of Christ: Preaching in Late Medieval and Reformation 320 pp. 16 pp b/w illus. 6 1/8 x 9 1/4
978-0-300-11458-4 $30.00
France and Heresy and Orthodoxy in Sixteenth Century Paris.
93
General Interest
THE END OF EVERYTHING
David Bergelson
Translated and Edited by Joseph Sherman
O riginally published in 1913, The End of Everything

is one of the great novels of the twentieth century.
Considered David Bergelson’s masterpiece, it was written
in Yiddish and until now has been unavailable in a com-
plete and accurate English translation. This version by
acclaimed translator Joseph Sherman finally brings the
novel to a wide English-speaking audience.
Bergelson depicts the lives of upwardly mobile, self-aware

nouveaux riche Jews in the waning years of the Russian
Empire. The central character, Mirel Hurvits, is an educat-
ed, beautiful woman who embodies the conflict between ✦ New Yiddish Library Series
tradition and progress, aristocracy and enterprise. A forced
marriage of convenience results in Mirel’s emotional Marketing Highlights
disintegration and provokes a confrontation with the ♦ Major review attention
expectations of her pious family and with Jewish tradition. ♦ Online marketing
In a unique prose style of unsurpassable range and beauty, ♦ Academic and library marketing
Bergelson reduces language to its bare essentials, punctu-
ated by silences that heighten the sense of alienation in the
story.
A Russian Yiddish novelist and a member of the Jewish Anti-Fascist

Committee, D AV I D B E R G E L S O N (1884–1952) was one of the
thirteen defendants at the infamous trial of the Jewish Anti-Fascist
Committee held in Moscow in May 1952. The translator, J O S E P H January Literature
S H E R M A N , is currently Corob Fellow in Yiddish Studies at Oxford 256 pp. 5 1/2 x 8 1/4
Centre for Hebrew and Jewish Studies at Oxford University. paper orig. 978-0-300-11067-8 $18.00
94
General Interest
JUDAISM
A Way of Being
David Gelernter
A highly original interpretation of Judaism as

a way of life, the fundamentals of Jewish
belief—and the Judaism nobody knows
W ritten for observant and non-observant Jews

and anyone interested in religion, this remark-
able book by distinguished scholar David Gelernter seeks
to answer the deceptively simple question: What is
Judaism really about? Gelernter views Judaism as one of
humanity’s most profound and sublimely beautiful
achievements. But because Judaism is a way of life rather
than a formal system of thought, it has been difficult for ♦ Major review attention
anyone but a practicing Jew to understand its unique intel- ♦ Holiday promotions
lectual and spiritual structure. Gelernter explores com- ♦ Online marketing
pelling questions, such as: ♦ Academic and library marketing
✦ How does Judaism’s obsession with life on earth

versus the world-to-come separate it fundamentally
from Christianity and Islam?
✦ Why do Jews believe in God, and how can they after
the Holocaust?
✦ What makes Classical Judaism the most important
intellectual development in Western history?
✦ Why does Judaism teach that, in the course of the
Jewish people’s coming-of-age, God moved out of
history and into the human mind, abandoning all
power but the capacity to talk to each person from
inside and thereby to influence events only indirectly?
In discussing these and other questions, Gelernter seeks to

lay out Jewish beliefs on four basic topics—the sanctity of
everyday life; man and God; the meaning of sexuality and
family; good, evil, and the nature of God’s justice in a cruel
world—and to convey a profound and stirring sense of
what it means to be Jewish.
D AV I D G E L E R N T E R is professor of computer science at Yale

University and contributing editor at the Weekly Standard. He is
the author of several books, including Mirror Worlds, The Muse
in the Machine, and the novel 1939. His writings on Judaism November Religion/Jewish Studies
have appeared in Commentary and elsewhere. He lives in 256 pp. 4 color illus. 5 1/2 x 8 1/4
978-0-300-15192-3 $26.00
Woodbridge, CT.
95
General Interest
IN THE NAME OF GOD AND
COUNTRY
Reconsidering Terrorism in American
History
Michael Fellman
A provocative examination of the historical

origins and impact of terrorism in America
W ith insight and originality, Michael Fellman

argues that terrorism, in various forms, has
been a constant and driving force in American history. In
part, this is due to the nature of American republicanism
and Protestant Christianity, which he believes contain a
core of moral absolutism and self-righteousness that per- “In the Name of God and Country is an
petrators of terrorism use to justify their actions. Fellman exciting and worthy contribution to the
also argues that there is an intrinsic relationship between literature on American violence, American
political history, American radicalism, and
terrorist acts by non-state groups and responses on the American social conflict.”—Christopher Phelps,
part of the state; unlike many observers, he believes that The Ohio State University
both the action and the reaction constitute terrorism.
Fellman’s compelling narrative focuses on five key Marketing Highlights

episodes: John Brown’s raid on Harpers Ferry; terrorism ♦ Major review attention
during the American Civil War, especially race warfare and ♦ Online marketing
guerrilla warfare; the organized “White Line” paramilitary ♦ Academic and library marketing
destruction of Reconstruction in Mississippi; the
Haymarket Affair and its aftermath; and the Philippine-
American war of 1899–1902. In an epilogue, he applies
this history to illuminate the Bush-Cheney administra-
tion’s use of terrorism in the so-called war on terror. In the
Name of God and Country demonstrates the centrality of
terrorism in shaping America even to this day.
M I C H A E L F E L L M A N is professor of history emeritus at Simon

Fraser University in Vancouver, British Columbia. Among other
books, he is author of Inside War: The Guerrilla Conflict in
Missouri During the American Civil War, Citizen Sherman: A Life
December History
of William T. Sherman, and The Making of Robert E. Lee, and
320 pp. 9 b/w illus. 6 1/8 x 9 1/4
co-author of This Terrible War: The Civil War and Its Aftermath.
978-0-300-11510-9 $29.95
96
General Interest
THE MAINE WOODS
A Fully Annotated Edition
Henry D. Thoreau
Edited by Jeffrey S. Cramer
The Maine Woods, Thoreau’s best-known book

after Walden, is now available for the first
time in a lavishly produced, fully annotated
gift-book edition.
“O n the 31st of August, 1846, I left Concord in

Massachusetts for Bangor and the backwoods
of Maine”—thus begins The Maine Woods, the evocative
story of Thoreau’s journeys through a familiar yet
untouched land. ✦ ALSO AVAILABLE:
As he explores Mt. Katahdin (an Indian word meaning Walden

A Fully Annotated Edition
“highest land”), Lake Chesuncook, the Allagash River, and 978-0-300-10466-0 $30.00
the East Branch of the Penobscot, Thoreau muses on his Walden

paper 978-0-300-11008-1 $9.95
own vulnerability and the humility engendered by his soli-
I to Myself
tude in the wilderness. Throughout Thoreau invokes the An Annotated Selection from the Journal of
forest of Maine—the mountains, waterways, fauna, flora, Henry D. Thoreau
978-0-300-11172-9 $35.00
and the people—in his singular style. Echoing Walden,
Thoreau’s passionate outcry against the degradation of the
environment in The Maine Woods will resonate strongly Marketing Highlights
today. ♦ Major review attention
♦ Holiday promotions
This fully annotated gift edition of The Maine Woods makes
a wonderful companion volume to Walden: A Fully
Annotated Edition and I to Myself: An Annotated Selection
from the Journal of Henry D. Thoreau.
November Literature/Nature
J E F F R E Y S . C R A M E R is curator of collections, the Thoreau 384 pp. 11 b/w illus. 7 1/2 x 9 1/4
Institute at Walden Woods. He lives in Lincoln, MA. 978-0-300-12283-1 $35.00
97
General Interest
HEIDEGGER
The Introduction of Nazism into Philosophy
Emmanuel Faye
Translated by Michael B. Smith
Foreword by Tom Rockmore
In the most comprehensive examination to

date of Heidegger’s Nazism, Emmanuel Faye
draws on previously unavailable materials to
paint a damning picture of Nazism’s influence
on the philosopher’s thought and politics.
I n this provocative book, Faye uses excerpts from

unpublished seminars to show that Heidegger’s
philosophical writings are fatally compromised by an
“Faye has unquestionably succeeded in
collecting and laying out for the reader
adherence to National Socialist ideas. In other docu- the documents of Heidegger’s deep
involvement with National Socialism.”
ments, Faye finds expressions of racism and extermina-
—Robin Celikates, H-Net Reviews in the
tory anti-Semitism. Humanities & Social Sciences
Faye disputes the view of Heidegger as a naïve, tem- “All scholars and admirers of Martin
Heidegger’s œuvre should read [this]
porarily disoriented academician and instead shows him
book.”—Herman Philipse, Dialogue, Canadian
to have been a self-appointed “spiritual guide” for Philosophical Review
Nazism whose intentionality was clear. Contrary to what
some have written, Heidegger’s Nazism became even
more radical after 1935, as Faye demonstrates. He revis-
its Heidegger’s masterwork, Being and Time, and con- ♦ Major review attention
cludes that in it Heidegger does not present a philosophy ♦ Online marketing
of individual existence but rather a doctrine of radical ♦ Academic and library marketing
self-sacrifice, where individualization is allowed only for
the purpose of heroism in warfare. Faye’s book was high-
ly controversial when originally published in France in
2005. Now available in Michael B. Smith’s fluid English
translation, it is bound to awaken controversy in the
English-speaking world.
E M M A N U E L FAY E is associate professor at the University Paris

Ouest–Nanterre La Défense and an authority on Descartes. He lives
in Paris. M I C H A E L B . S M I T H is professor emeritus of French
November History/Philosophy
and philosophy at Berry College and the translator of numerous 448 pp. 5 b/w illus. 6 1/8 x 9 1/4
philosophical works into English. He lives in Riverdale, NY. 978-0-300-12086-8 $40.00
98
General Interest
SUPERPOWER ILLUSIONS
How Myths and False Ideologies Led
America Astray—And How to Return to
Reality
Jack F. Matlock, Jr.
A former U.S. ambassador to the Soviet Union

demolishes central myths that have distorted
America’s recent foreign policy—including the
idea that the United States destroyed
Communism and defeated the Soviet Union in
the Cold War—and makes bold recommenda-
tions for the Obama administration.
J ack F. Matlock refutes the enduring idea that the United

States forced the collapse of the Soviet Union by apply- “A major contribution to our under-
standing of how American readings of
ing military and economic pressure—with wide-ranging
the course of the Cold War . . . have
implications for U.S. foreign policy. Matlock argues that influenced American foreign policy
Gorbachev, not Reagan, undermined Communist Party since 1993. Matlock shows in convinc-
rule in the Soviet Union and that the Cold War ended in a ing detail why these readings are fun-
damentally wrong and, in a reasoned
negotiated settlement that benefited both sides. He posits
argumentative voice, dangerous for the
that the end of the Cold War diminished rather than national interests of the United
enhanced American power; with the removal of the Soviet States.”—Allen Lynch, University of Virginia
threat, allies were less willing to accept American protec-
tion and leadership that seemed increasingly to ignore
their interests.
Matlock shows how, during the Clinton and particularly ♦ Online marketing
the Bush-Cheney administrations, the belief that the ♦ Academic and library marketing
United States had defeated the Soviet Union led to a con-
viction that it did not need allies, international organiza-
tions, or diplomacy, but could dominate and change the
world by using its military power unilaterally. The result is
a weakened America that has compromised its ability to
lead. Matlock makes a passionate plea for the United
States under Obama to reenvision its foreign policy and
gives examples of how the new administration can reori-
ent the U.S. approach to critical issues.
J A C K F. M AT L O C K , J R . , served 35 years in the American

Foreign Service, from 1956 to 1991, and was U.S. ambassa-
dor to the Soviet Union from March 1987 to August 1991. He January History
has held academic posts since 1991 and is currently adjunct 320 pp. 6 1/8 x 9 1/4
professor of international relations, Columbia University. 978-0-300-13761-3 $30.00
99
General Interest
EDWARD II
Seymour Phillips
The latest definitive biography in the

acclaimed Yale English Monarchs series
E dward II (1284–1327), King of England, Lord of

Ireland, and Duke of Aquitaine, was the object of
ignominy during his lifetime and calumny since
it. Conventionally viewed as worthless, incapable of sus-
tained policy, and significant only for his sporadic displays
of ill-directed energy or a stubborn adherence to greedy
and ambitious favorites, he has been presented as fit only ✦ The Yale English Monarchs Series
to be deposed and replaced by someone more worthy of
the throne. Marketing Highlights
This definitive biography, the fruit of a lifetime’s study, ♦ Major review attention
does not present Edward II as a heroic or successful king: ♦ Online marketing
his deposition after a turbulent reign of nearly twenty ♦ Academic and library marketing
years is proof enough that it went terribly wrong. But
Seymour Phillips’ scrutiny of the multitude of available
sources shows that a richer picture emerges, in line with
the complexity of events and of the man himself. If
Edward II was not a successful king, he was not funda-
mentally different in many ways from most English mon-
archs. The biography strikes a deft balance, taking full
account of the problems the king faced in England,
Scotland, and Ireland and in his relations with France. It
also tackles the contentious issue of whether Edward II did
not die in 1327, murdered under barbaric circumstances,
but lived on as a captive in England and then a wanderer
on the Continent. Eight hundred years on, a king’s life is
properly examined.
S E Y M O U R P H I L L I P S is Emeritus Professor of Medieval January Biography/History

History, University College, Dublin, and a Member of the Royal 650 pp. 20 b/w illus. 6 1/8 x 9 1/4
Irish Academy. He lives in Ireland. 978-0-300-15657-7 $45.00
100
General Interest
Scholarly Books
of Interest
to the General Trade
101
THE BRITTLE THREAD OF LIFE
Backcountry People Make a Place for Themselves in
Early America
Mark Williams
T he colonists who settled the backcountry in eighteenth-century

New England were recruited from the social fringe, people who
were desperate for land, autonomy, and respectability and who were
willing to make a hard living in a rugged environment.
Mark Williams’ microhistorical approach gives voice to the settlers, pro- “A deeply researched, vivid and
prietors, and officials of the small colonial settlements that became absorbing account of the truculent-
Granby, Connecticut, and Ashfield, Massachusetts. These people—often ly independent people of New
disrespectful, disorderly, presumptuous, insistent, and defiant—were England’s backcountry and their
drawn to the ideology of the Revolution in the 1760s and 1770s that place in the history of the region
and the nation.”—Keith Wrightson,
stressed equality, independence, and property rights. The backcountry
Yale University
settlers pushed the emerging nation’s political culture in a more radical
direction than many of their leaders or the Founding Fathers preferred
and helped put a democratic imprint on the new nation. This accessibly
written book will resonate with all those interested in the social and
political relationships of early America.
August History
M A R K W I L L I A M S teaches history at the Loomis Chaffee School in 288 pp. 15 b/w illus. 6 1/8 x 9 1/4
Connecticut. 978-0-300-13922-8 $45.00sc
GENOCIDE BEFORE THE HOLOCAUST

Cathie Carmichael
T here is an appalling symmetry to the many instances of genocide

that the late nineteenth- and early twentieth-century world wit-
nessed. In the wake of the breakup of the Hapsburg, Ottoman, and
Romanov empires, minority populations throughout those lands were
persecuted, expelled, and eliminated. The reason for the deplorable dec-
“Carmichael’s fascinating and original
imations of communities—Jews in Imperial Russia and Ukraine;
work breaks new ground in charting
Ottoman Assyrians, Armenians, and Muslims from the Caucasus and the genesis of exclusionary thinking
Balkans—was, Cathie Carmichael contends, located in the very roots of and violence. The interdisciplinary
the new nation-states arising from the imperial rubble. The question of approach is unmatched: any reader
who should be included in the nation—and which groups were now to will gain new insights about how gen-
be deemed “suspect” or “alien”—was one that preoccupied and divided erations came to develop, understand
Europe long before the Holocaust. and also resist mass killing.”
—Ben Lieberman, Fitchburg State University,
Examining all the major eliminations of communities in Europe up until author of Terrible Fate: Ethnic Cleansing and
the Making of Modern Europe
1941, Carmichael shows how hotbeds of nationalism, racism, and devel-
opmentalism resulted in devastating manifestations of genocidal ideolo-
gy. Dramatic, perceptive, and poignant, this is the story of disappearing
civilizations—precursors to one of humanity’s worst atrocities, and part
of the legacy of genocide in the modern world.
C AT H I E C A R M I C H A E L is Senior Lecturer in Modern European

History at the University of East Anglia. Her previous books include
Ethnic Cleansing in the Balkans, Language and Nationalism in Europe, September History
254 pp. 16 b/w illus. 6 1/8 x 9 1/4
and Slovenia and the Slovenes.
978-0-300-12117-9 $45.00sc
102
OCEANS OF WINE
Madeira and the Organization of the Atlantic World,
1640–1815
David Hancock
T his innovative book examines how, between 1640 and 1815, the
Portuguese Madeira wine trade shaped the Atlantic world and
American society. David Hancock painstakingly reconstructs the lives of
producers, distributors, and consumers, as well as the economic and
“This is history on a grand scale, built
social structures created by globalizing commerce, to reveal an intricate
from intensive knowledge of primary
interplay between individuals and market forces.
materials and enhanced with insights
from sociology, business, economics
Using voluminous archives pertaining to wine, many of them previously
and history.”—Peter C. Mancall, University
unexamined, Hancock offers a dramatic new perspective on the eco-
of Southern California
nomic and social development of the Atlantic world. He demonstrates
convincingly just how decentralized the early modern commercial sys-
tem was, as well as how self-organized, a system that emerged from the
actions of market participants working across imperial lines. The net-
works they formed began as commercial structures and expanded into ✦ The Lewis Walpole Series in
Eighteenth-Century Studies
social and political systems that were conduits not only for wine but also
for ideas about reform, revolution, and independence.
September History/Economics
D AV I D H A N C O C K is an associate professor of history, University of 648 pp. 57 b/w illus. & 16 color plates
Michigan. He is the author of Citizens of the World, The Letters of William 6 1/8 x 9 1/4
Freeman, 1678–1685, and History of World Trade since 1450. 978-0-300-13605-0 $50.00sc
FURS AND FRONTIERS IN THE FAR NORTH

The Contest among Native and Foreign Nations for
Control of the Intercontinental Bering Strait Fur Trade
John R. Bockstoce
T his comprehensive history of the native and maritime fur trade in

Alaska during the eighteenth and nineteenth centuries is without
precedent. The Bering Strait formed the nexus of the circumpolar fur “Furs and Frontiers in the Far North
trade in which Russians, British, Americans, and members of fifty native is a comprehensive history of the
international trade in furs that was
nations competed and cooperated. The desire to dominate the fur trade
centered on the Bering Strait region
fed the European expansion into the most remote regions of Asia and
during the 18th and 19th centuries.
America and was an agent of massive change in these regions. In scale, the account moves smoothly
up and down from specific interac-
Award-winning author John R. Bockstoce fills a major gap in the histori-
tions between particular individuals
ography of the area in covering the scientific, commercial, and foreign- at one extreme to the broad sweep of
relations implications of the northern fur trade. In addition, the book pro- international affairs at the other.”
vides rare insight into the relationship between the Western powers and —Ernest Burch, Arctic Studies Center,
the Native Americans who provided them with fur, ivory, and whalebone National Museum of Natural History,
Smithsonian Institution
in exchange for manufactured goods, tobacco, tea, alcohol, and hundreds
of other things. But this is also the story of the enterprising individuals
who energized the Alaskan fur trade and, in doing so, forever altered the ✦ The Lamar Series in Western History
region’s history.
Arctic specialist J O H N R . B O C K S T O C E is an independent scholar September History/Economics

and the author of many books, monographs, and articles, including Arctic 496 pp. 42 b/w illus. & 10 maps
Discoveries: Images from Voyages of Four Decades in the North and 6 1/8 x 9 1/4
Whales, Ice, and Men: The History of Whaling in the Western Arctic. 978-0-300-14921-0 $35.00sc
103
WALTER BENJAMIN AND
BERTOLT BRECHT
The Story of a Friendship
Erdmut Wizisla
Translated by Christine Shuttleworth
E rdmut Wizisla’s groundbreaking work explores for the first time the
important friendship between Walter Benjamin, the acclaimed crit-
ic and literary theorist, and Bertolt Brecht, one of the twentieth century’s
most influential theater artists, during the crucial interwar years in Berlin.
The story of this friendship is illuminated by the use of personal corre- “Scrupulous, scholarly, and written
spondence, journal entries, and notes from electric discussions of shared with loving commitment.”
projects—including previously unpublished materials. Wizisla shows us —Momme Brodersen, author of Walter
Benjamin, A Biography
the fascinating ideological exchanges between the two, with Benjamin
espousing his ideas on historical materialism, German idealism, and
Jewish mysticism as a foil for Brecht’s Marxist concept of art. Benjamin
and Brecht’s differences foreshadow the clash between Communism and
Socialism in Weimar Germany that preceded the rise of Nazi Fascism,
and their friendship throws light on nearly two decades of European intel-
lectual life.
E R D M U T W I Z I S L A is the director of the Bertolt Brecht Archives in Berlin, September Biography/Literary Studies
288 pp. 25 b/w illus. 6 1/8 x 9 1/4
which houses 20,000 of Brecht’s manuscripts, his personal library, and pro-
978-0-300-13695-1 $45.00sc
gram booklets of Brecht’s productions as well as production media. Not for sale in UK and Europe
WHO WAS JACQUES DERRIDA?

An Intellectual Biography
David Mikics
W ho Was Jacques Derrida? is the first intellectual biography of

Derrida, the first full-scale appraisal of his career, his influence,
and his philosophical roots. It is also the first attempt to define his cru-
cial importance as the ambassador of “theory,” the phenomenon that has “David Mikics is the real thing, a
had a profound influence on academic life in the humanities. Mikics gifted, polymathic reader. Writing
lucidly and sensitively describes for the general reader Derrida’s deep not as a polemicist but as a
humane, interpretive critic, he cuts
connection to his Jewish roots as he succinctly defines his vision of phi-
right through the raging conflicts
losophy—as a discipline that resists psychology. While pointing out the
and often pointless debates about
flaws of that vision and Derrida’s betrayal of his most adamantly Derrida’s work.”—Morris Dickstein,
expounded beliefs, Mikics ultimately concludes that “Derrida was neither CUNY Graduate Center
so brilliantly right nor so badly wrong as his enthusiasts and critics,
respectively, claimed.”
D AV I D M I K I C S is Professor of English at the University of December

Literary Studies/Biography
Houston. He published his last book, A New Handbook of Literary
288 pp. 5 1/2 x 8 1/4
Terms, with Yale University Press. 978-0-300-11542-0 $30.00sc
104
FUTURISM
An Anthology
Edited by Lawrence Rainey, Christine Poggi, and
Laura Wittman
I n 1909, F. T. Marinetti published his incendiary Futurist Manifesto,

proclaiming, “We stand on the last promontory of the centuries!!” and
“There, on the earth, the earliest dawn!” Intent on delivering Italy from
“its fetid cancer of professors, archaeologists, tour guides, and antiquari- “The definitive anthology of Futurist
ans,” the Futurists imagined that art, architecture, literature, and music writings and artworks available in
would function like a machine, transforming the world rather than mere- English, indeed in any language.
ly reflecting it. But within a decade, Futurism’s utopian ambitions were Framed by Lawrence Rainey’s excel-
lent introduction and its compre-
being wedded to Fascist politics, an alliance that would tragically mar its
hensive bio-bibliographical notes, il
reputation in the century to follow.
Futurismo emerges here as what it
surely was: the founding avant-
Published to coincide with the 100th anniversary of the founding of
garde movement of the twentieth
Futurism, this is the most complete anthology of Futurist manifestos,
century.”—Marjorie Perloff
poems, plays, and images ever to be published in English, spanning from
1909 to 1944. Now, amidst another era of unprecedented technological
change and cultural crisis, is a pivotal moment to reevaluate Futurism and
its haunting legacy for Western civilization.
L AW R E N C E R A I N E Y is professor of English, University of York.

C H R I S T I N E P O G G I is professor of the History of Art, University of September Literary Studies/Art
Pennsylvania. L A U R A W I T T M A N is assistant professor of Italian and 640 pp. 124 b/w illus. 7 x 10
French Literature, Stanford University. 978-0-300-08875-5 $60.00sc
TRIPLEX
Secrets from the Cambridge Spies
Edited by Nigel West and Oleg Tsarev
T RIPLEX reveals more clearly than ever before the precise nature
and extent of the damage done to the much-vaunted British intel-
ligence establishment during World War II by the notorious “Cambridge
Five” spy ring—Kim Philby, Donald Maclean, Guy Burgess, Anthony
Blunt, and John Cairncross. The code word TRIPLEX refers to an excep- “[The first] complete report [on the
tionally sensitive intelligence source, one of the most closely guarded Cambridge Five that] gives the read-
secrets of the war, which appears nowhere in any of the British govern- er the opportunity to judge for him-
self the extent of the damage done
ment’s official histories. TRIPLEX was material extracted illicitly from
to the British service concerned . . .
the diplomatic pouches of neutral missions in wartime London. MI5, the
[will be] greeted with enthusiasm by
British Security Service, entrusted the job of overseeing the highly secret specialists in intelligence history.”
assignment to Anthony Blunt, who was already working for the NKVD, —David Murphy, former CIA Berlin chief,
Stalin’s intelligence service. The rest is history, documented here for the former chief of Soviet operations at CIA
first time in rich detail. headquarters in the United States, and
author of What Stalin Knew
N I G E L W E S T is a renowned British historian of military intelligence

and has written more than 25 related books. O L E G T S A R E V is a September History
retired KGB officer who has co-written a number of books on wartime 384 pp. 6 1/8 x 9 1/4
espionage and intelligence. 978-0-300-12347-0 $45.00sc
105
NAHUM
A New Translation with Introduction and
Commentary
Duane L. Christensen
T his volume represents a significant breakthrough in the study of

Hebrew prosody with important implications for understanding the
formation of the canon of the Hebrew Bible. Duane Christensen, a
renowned biblical scholar, offers a detailed analysis of the Hebrew text of
Nahum and demonstrates the intricate literary structure and high poetic
quality of the work.
A book about God’s justice, Nahum portrays God as strong, unyielding,

and capable of great anger. This view of God’s nature stands in contrast
to that found in Jonah, another book in the section of the Hebrew Bible
known as the Book of the Twelve Prophets, which presents God as
“compassionate, gracious . . . [and] abounding in steadfast love.”
Christensen shows how Nahum and Jonah present complementary
aspects of God’s nature, each essential for an understanding of the
✦ The Anchor Yale Bible Commentaries
divine being. The commentary includes the most extensive bibliogra-
The Old Testament
phy published to date of works cited.
D U A N E L . C H R I S T E N S E N is professor of Old Testament lan- September Religion

guages and literature (retired), Graduate Theological Union, Berkeley. 464 pp. 6 1/8 x 9 1/4
He is president of BIBAL Corporation and lives in Rodeo, CA. 978-0-300-14479-6 $65.00sc
LEARNING TO TEACH THROUGH

DISCUSSION
The Art of Turning the Soul
Sophie Haroutunian-Gordon
T his sequel to Sophie Haroutunian-Gordon’s acclaimed Turning the

Soul: Teaching Through Conversation in the High School presents a
case study of two people learning to teach. It shows them engaging two
groups of fourth grade students in discussion about the meaning of “Sophie Haroutunian-Gordon continues
texts—what the author calls “interpretive discussions.” The two groups to fine-tune the already stunning work
differ with respect to race, geographical location, and affluence. she has done on the role of teaching
through questioning. In this regard her
As the novice teachers learn to clarify their own questions about mean- movement into issues of ‘difference’
ing, they become better listeners and leaders of the discussions. and the creation of communities of
learning is very promising.”
Eventually, they mix the students from the two classrooms, and the read-
—Alven Neiman, Department of Philosophy,
er watches them converse about a text as the barriers of race and class
Notre Dame
seem to break down. In addition to the detailed analysis of the case study,
Learning to Teach Through Discussion presents philosophical, literary,
and psychological foundations of interpretive discussion and describes its
three phases: preparation, leading, and reflection. A tightly argued work,
the book will help readers learn to engage students of all ages in text
interpretation.
S O P H I E H A R O U T U N I A N - G O R D O N is director, Master of October Education

Science in Education program, and professor, School of Education and 240 pp. 6 1/8 x 9 1/4
Social Policy, at Northwestern University. She lives in Chicago, IL. 978-0-300-12000-4 $40.00sc
106
AT HOME IN THE LAW
How the Domestic Violence Revolution is Transforming Privacy
Jeannie Suk
I n the past forty years, the idea of home, which is central to how the law conceives of crime, punishment, and pri-
vacy, has changed radically. Legal scholar Jeannie Suk shows how the legitimate goal of legal feminists to protect
women from domestic abuse has led to a new and unexpected set of legal practices.
Suk examines case studies of major legal developments in contemporary American law pertaining to domestic vio-
lence, self-defense, privacy, sexual autonomy, and property in order to illuminate the changing relation between home
and the law. She argues that the growing legal vision that has led to the breakdown of traditional boundaries between
public and private space is resulting in a substantial reduction of autonomy and privacy for both women and men.
October Law
224 pp. 6 1/8 x 9 1/4
J E A N N I E S U K is assistant professor of law at Harvard Law School. 978-0-300-11398-3 $40.00sc
UNACCOMPANIED BACH
Performing the Solo Works
David Ledbetter
T his pioneering book by an acclaimed expert is the first to discuss all of Bach’s unaccompanied pieces in one vol-
ume, including an examination of crucial issues of style and composition type and the options open to interpre-
tation and performance. David Ledbetter, a leading expert on Bach, provides the historical background to Bach’s instru-
mental works, as well as detailed commentaries on each work.
Ledbetter argues that Bach’s unaccompanied works—the six suites for solo cello, six sonatas and partitas for solo vio-
lin, seven works for lute, and the suite for solo flute—should be considered together to enable one piece to elucidate
another. This illuminating and significant book is essential for professionals, performers, students, or anybody who wish-
es to learn more about Bach’s music.
D AV I D L E D B E T T E R is Associate Research Fellow at the Royal Northern November Music

College of Music, Manchester. He is the author of Bach’s Well-Tempered 288 pp. 6 x 9
Clavier: The 48 Preludes and Fugues. 978-0-300-14151-1 $45.00sc
BOYLE
Between God and Science
Michael Hunter
R obert Boyle ranks with Newton and Einstein as one of the world’s most important scientists. A remarkable
thinker, he pioneered the modern experimental method, championed a novel mechanical view of nature, and
reflected deeply on philosophical and theological issues related to science. But he was also a complex and contradicto-
ry personality, fascinated by alchemy and magic and privately plagued with doubts about faith and conscience.
This extraordinary work is the first biography of Boyle in a generation, and the culminating achievement of a world-
renowned expert on the scientist. Hunter’s complete and intimate account gives us the man rather than myth, the trou-
bled introvert as well as the public campaigner. Lively, perceptive, and full of original insights, this is the definitive
account of a remarkable man and the changing world in which he lived.
October Biography/History of Science
A renowned world expert on Robert Boyle, M I C H A E L H U N T E R is 400 pp. 6 1/8 x 9 1/4
professor of history, Birkbeck College, University of London. 978-0-300-12381-4 $55.00sc
107
JOSEPH IN EGYPT
A Cultural Icon from Grotius to Goethe
Bernhard Lang
T he biblical story of Joseph ranks in the history of world literature

alongside The Odyssey and other ancient legends as a seminal
canonical text and has provided rich material for later writers to imitate
and elaborate. This book examines the many and varied ways that the
story of Joseph has been interpreted in seventeenth- and eighteenth-cen-
tury Europe. During that time, Joseph was heralded as an icon by many
different writers and thinkers, among them Henry Fielding, Voltaire,
Chateaubriand, and Goethe.
Educators commended Joseph as a model of piety, moralists extolled him

in defense of chastity, and political philosophers regarded him as an
exemplary leader; historians debated variously whether he was a bene-
factor, tyrant, or merely a character in a well-told ancient oriental tale.
Lang examines a range of texts—novels, stage plays, poems, children’s
books, and critical treatises—to illuminate the debt each owes to earlier
versions of the Joseph story. In doing so, he presents a masterful, sensi-
tive, and highly readable account of the early modern world.
B E R N H A R D L A N G is professor of religion at the University of

November Religion/Literary Studies
Paderborn, Germany. He is the author of Sacred Games and The
336 pp. 6 1/8 x 9 1/4
Hebrew God, and coauthor of Heaven. He lives in Paderborn. 978-0-300-15156-5 $45.00sc
THE ENLIGHTENED ECONOMY

An Economic History of Britain 1700–1850
Joel Mokyr
T his book focuses on the importance of ideological and institutional

factors in the rapid development of the British economy during the
years between the Glorious Revolution and the Crystal Palace Exhibition.
Joel Mokyr shows that we cannot understand the Industrial Revolution
without recognizing the importance of the intellectual sea changes of
Britain’s Age of Enlightenment.
In a vigorous discussion, Mokyr goes beyond the standard explanations

that credit geographical factors, the role of markets, politics, and society
to show that the beginnings of modern economic growth in Britain
depended a great deal on what key players knew and believed, and how
those beliefs affected their economic behavior. He argues that Britain led
the rest of Europe into the Industrial Revolution because it was there that ✦ The New Economic History of
the optimal intersection of ideas, culture, institutions, and technology Britain Series
existed to make rapid economic growth achievable. His wide-ranging evi-
dence covers sectors of the British economy often neglected, such as the
service industries.
J O E L M O K Y R is Robert H. Strotz Professor of Arts and Sciences and

October History/Economics
professor of Economics and History, Northwestern University, and Sackler 336 pp. 6 1/8 x 9 1/4
Professor at the Eitan Berglas School of Economics, Tel Aviv University. 978-0-300-12455-2 $45.00sc
108
THE GENTEEL TRADITION IN AMERICAN “Santayana’s comments on American
culture include invaluable observa-
PHILOSOPHY AND CHARACTER AND tions about the pressure to conform in
OPINION IN THE UNITED STATES democracies, the vitality and youthful
outlook of American society, the
George Santayana importance of humor and the love of
Edited and with an Introduction by James Seaton quantity in America . . . . A welcome
With Essays by Wilfred M. McClay, John Lachs, James and substantial contribution.”
Seaton, and Roger Kimball —John Paul Russo, Departments of English
and Classics, University of Miami
T his book brings together two seminal works by George Santayana,

one of the most significant philosophers of the twentieth century:
Character and Opinion in the United States, which stands with
Tocqueville’s Democracy in America as one the most insightful works of
✦ Rethinking the Western Tradition
American cultural criticism ever written, and “The Genteel Tradition in
American Philosophy,” a landmark text of both philosophical analysis
and cultural criticism.
October Philosophy Studies/Literary Studies
256 pp. 5 1/2 x 8 1/4
J A M E S S E AT O N is Professor of English at Michigan State University. paper orig. 978-0-300-11665-6 $16.00sc
GRENADINE
Neil Wechsler
Foreword by Edward Albee
N eil Wechsler’s Grenadine has been chosen as the second winner

of the Yale Drama Series. The play was selected by Pulitzer Prize–
winning playwright and contest judge Edward Albee. Grenadine is the
fantastical story of a man’s quest for love in the company of three devot-
ed friends. Albee writes, “I found it highly original. . . . The questions the
play asks and the answers it proposes are provocative; the play stretched
my mind.”
N E I L W E C H S L E R graduated from Yale University in 1996 with distinc-

tion in Philosophy and Psychology. He has been writing novels, novellas,
October Drama
and plays ever since. He lives in Buffalo, NY.
96 pp. 5 1/2 x 9
✦ Yale Drama Series paper orig. 978-0-300-14992-0 $17.00sc
NATURAL REFLECTIONS
Human Cognition at the Nexus of Science and ✦ The Terry Lectures Series
Religion
Barbara Herrnstein Smith B A R B A R A H E R R N S T E I N S M I T H is
Braxton Craven Professor of Comparative
I n this important and original book, eminent scholar Barbara

Herrnstein Smith describes, assesses, and reflects upon a set of con-
temporary intellectual projects involving science, religion, and human
Literature and Director of the Center for
Interdisciplinary Studies in Science and
Cultural Theory at Duke University and
cognition. One of these initiatives, which Smith calls “the New Distinguished Professor of English at Brown
Naturalism,” is the effort to explain religion on the basis of cognitive sci- University. She is the author of Belief and
ence and evolutionary biology. Another, which she refers to as “the New Resistance and Scandalous Knowledge.
Natural Theology,” is the recent attempt by a number of scientifically
knowledgeable theologians to reconcile the accounts of the world given January Science/Religion/Psychology
in the natural sciences and traditional religious belief. 192 pp. 5 1/2 x 8 1/4
978-0-300-14034-7 $28.00sc
109
BEHIND CLOSED DOORS
At Home in Georgian England
Amanda Vickery
I n this brilliant new work, Amanda Vickery unlocks the homes of

Georgian England to examine the lives of the people who lived there.
Writing with her customary wit and verve, she introduces us to men
and women from all walks of life: gentlewoman Anne Dormer in her
stately Oxfordshire mansion, bachelor clerk and future novelist
Anthony Trollope in his dreary London lodgings, genteel spinsters keep-
ing up appearances in two rooms with yellow wallpaper, servants with
only a locking box to call their own.
Vickery makes ingenious use of upholsterer’s ledgers, burglary trials, and

other unusual sources to reveal the roles of house and home in econom-
ic survival, social success, and political representation during the long
eighteenth century. Through the spread of formal visiting, the prolifera-
tion of affordable ornamental furnishings, the commercial celebration of
feminine artistry at home, and the currency of the language of taste, even
modest homes turned into arenas of social campaign and exhibition.
A M A N D A V I C K E R Y is reader in history, Royal Holloway University of

London, and the author of The Gentleman’s Daughter: Women’s Lives in November History/Architecture
Georgian England, which won the Whitfield, Wolfson, and Longman- 368 pp. 80 b/w + 25 color illus.
History Today prizes. She is also the co-editor, with John Styles, of Gender, 6 1/4 x 9 1/4
Taste and Material Culture in Britain and North America, 1700–1830. 978-0-300-15453-5 $45.00sc
THE PERSIANS
Ancient, Mediaeval and Modern Iran
Homa Katouzian
I n recent years, Iran has gained attention mostly for negative reasons—
its authoritarian religious government, disputed nuclear program, and
controversial role in the Middle East—but there is much more to the story
of this ancient land than can be gleaned from the news. This authorita-
tive and comprehensive history of Iran, written by Homa Katouzian, an
acclaimed expert, covers the entire history of the area from the ancient
Persian Empire to today’s Iranian state.
Writing from an Iranian rather than a European perspective, Katouzian

integrates the significant cultural and literary history of Iran with its polit-
ical and social history. Some of the greatest poets of human history wrote
in Persian—among them Rumi, Omar Khayyam, and Saadi—and
Katouzian discusses and occasionally quotes their work. In his thoughtful
analysis of Iranian society, Katouzian argues that the absolute and arbi-
trary power traditionally enjoyed by Persian/Iranian rulers has resulted in
an unstable society where fear and short-term thinking dominate. A mag-
isterial history, this book also serves as an excellent background to the
role of Iran in the contemporary world.
H O M A K AT O U Z I A N teaches Iranian history and Persian literature

at St. Antony’s College and the Oriental Institute, University of Oxford. November History/Mideast Studies
448 pp. 32 b/w illus. 6 1/8 x 9 1/4
Iranian by birth, he is the editor of the journal Iranian Studies.
978-0-300-12118-6 $50.00sc
110
THE DEATH OF THE SHTETL
Yehuda Bauer
I n this book, Yehuda Bauer, an internationally acclaimed Holocaust

historian, describes the destruction of small Jewish townships, the
shtetls, in what was the eastern part of Poland by the Nazis in 1941–
1942. Bauer brings together all available documents, testimonies, and
scholarship, including previously unpublished material from the Yad
Vashem archives, pertaining to nine representative shtetls. In line with
his belief that “history is the story of real people in real situations,”
Bauer tells moving stories about what happened to individual Jews and
their communities.
Over a million people, approximately a quarter of all victims of the

Holocaust, came from the shtetls. Bauer writes of the relations between
Jews and non-Jews (including the actions of rescuers); he also describes
attempts to create underground resistance groups, efforts to escape to the
forests, and Jewish participation in the Soviet partisan movement.
Bauer’s book is a definitive examination of the demise of the shtetls, a
topic of vast importance to the history of the Holocaust.
Y E H U D A B A U E R is academic adviser at Yad Vashem, Jerusalem,

and professor emeritus of Holocaust studies, Hebrew University. He is December History/Jewish Studies
the author of many books, including Rethinking the Holocaust, published 256 pp. 6 1/8 x 9 1/4
by Yale University Press. He lives in Jerusalem. 978-0-300-15209-8 $35.00sc
CZECHOSLOVAKIA
The State That Failed
Mary Heimann
T his book, the most thoroughly researched and accurate history of

Czechoslovakia to appear in English, tells the story of the country
from its founding in 1918 to partition in 1992—from fledgling democ-
racy through Nazi occupation, Communist rule, and invasion by the
Soviet Union to, at last, democracy again.
The common Western view of Czechoslovakia has been that of a small

nation that was sacrificed at Munich in 1938, betrayed to the Soviets in
1948, and which rebelled heroically against the repression of the Soviet
Union during the Prague Spring of 1968. Mary Heimann dispels these
myths and shows how intolerant nationalism and an unhelpful sense of
victimhood led Czech and Slovak authorities to discriminate against
minorities, compete with the Nazis to persecute Jews and Gypsies, and
pave the way for the Communist police state. She also reveals Alexander
Dubcek, held to be a national hero and standard-bearer for democracy,
as an unprincipled apparatchik. Well written, revisionist, and accessible,
this groundbreaking book should become the standard history of
Czechoslovakia for years to come.
December History
M A R Y H E I M A N N is senior lecturer in the history department at the 400 pp. 20 b/w illus. 6 x 9
University of Strathclyde, Scotland. 978-0-300-14147-4 $45.00sc
111
THE BOURGEOIS FRONTIER
French Towns, French Traders, and American
Expansion
Jay Gitlin
H istories tend to emphasize conquest by Anglo-Americans as the

driving force behind the development of the American West. In
this fresh interpretation, Jay Gitlin argues that the activities of the French
“This is one of those rare books
were crucial to the phenomenon of westward expansion. that makes immensely important
and original arguments of its own
The Seven Years War brought an end to the French colonial enterprise in
while also synthesizing a massive
North America, but the French in towns such as New Orleans, St. Louis, and far-reaching scholarly litera-
and Detroit survived the transition to American rule. French traders from ture. I cannot overemphasize the
Mid-America, including the Chouteaus and Robidouxs of St. Louis, then importance of such a study.”
became agents of change in the West, perfecting a strategy of “middle —Peter Kastor, Washington University in
grounding” by pursuing alliances within Indian and Mexican communi- St. Louis
ties in advance of American settlement and re-investing fur trade profits
in land, town sites, banks, and transportation. The Bourgeois Frontier ✦ The Lamar Series in Western History
provides the missing French connection between the urban Midwest and
Western expansion.
J AY G I T L I N is lecturer, Department of History, Yale University, and December History

associate director of the Howard R. Lamar Center for the Study of 320 pp. 29 b/w illus. 6 1/8 x 9 1/4
Frontiers and Borders. He lives in New Haven. 978-0-300-10118-8 $40.00sc
CZESLAW MILOSZ AND JOSEPH BRODSKY

Fellowship of Poets
Irena Grudzinska Gross
T his intimate portrayal of the friendship between two icons of twen-

tieth-century poetry, Czeslaw Milosz and Joseph Brodsky, highlights
the parallel lives of the poets as exiles living in America and Nobel Prize
laureates in literature. To create this truly original work, Irena Grudzinska
Gross draws from poems, essays, letters, interviews, speeches, lectures,
and her own personal memories as a confidant of both Milosz and
Brodsky.
The dual portrait of these poets and the elucidation of their attitudes
“A compellingly interesting book.”
toward religion, history, memory, and language throw a new light on the
—Rosanna Warren, Boston University
upheavals of the twentieth century. Gross also incorporates notes on both
poets’ relationships to other key literary figures, such as W. H. Auden,
Susan Sontag, Seamus Heaney, Mark Strand, Robert Haas, and Derek
Walcott.
December Biography/Poetry Studies

I R E N A G R U D Z I N S K A G R O S S teaches in the Slavic Languages 288 pp. 5 1/2 x 8 1/4
and Literatures Department at Princeton University. She lives in Brooklyn. 978-0-300-14937-1 $40.00sc
112
THE CARTOONS THAT SHOOK THE
WORLD
Jytte Klausen
O n September 30, 2005, the Danish newspaper Jyllands-Posten

published twelve cartoons of the Prophet Muhammad. Five
months later, thousands of Muslims inundated the newspaper with out-
pourings of anger and grief; from Asia to Europe Muslims took to the
streets in protest. This book is the first comprehensive investigation of the
conflict that aroused impassioned debates around the world on freedom
of expression, blasphemy, and the nature of modern Islam.
Klausen interviewed politicians in the Middle East, Muslim leaders in

Europe, the Danish editors and cartoonists, and the Danish imam who
started the controversy. Deconstructing the arguments and motives that
drove the escalation of the increasingly globalized conflict, she concludes
that the Muslim reaction to the cartoons was not a spontaneous emo- Marketing Highlights
tional reaction arising out of the clash of Western and Islamic civiliza- ♦ National review attention
tions. Rather it was orchestrated, first by those with vested interests in
elections in Denmark and Egypt, and later by Islamic extremists seeking
to destabilize governments in Pakistan, Lebanon, Libya, and Nigeria. ♦ Academic and library marketing
Klausen shows how the cartoon crisis was, therefore, ultimately a politi-
cal conflict rather than a colossal cultural misunderstanding.
J Y T T E K L A U S E N is professor of comparative politics at Brandeis November History/Religion
University. The author of The Islamic Challenge and War and Welfare, 256 pp. 8 b/w + 4 color illus. 6 1/8 x 9 1/4
she lives in Waltham, MA. 978-0-300-12472-9 $35.00sc
CHILDREN OF THE GULAG

Cathy A. Frierson and Semyon S. Vilensky
T his groundbreaking book offers a comprehensive documentary histo-

ry of children whose parents were identified as enemies of the Soviet
regime from its inception through Joseph Stalin’s death. When parents
were arrested, executed, or sent to the Gulag, their children also suffered.
Millions of children, labeled “socially dangerous,” lost parents, homes, and
siblings. Co-edited by Cathy A. Frierson, a senior American scholar, and
Semyon S. Vilensky, Gulag survivor and compiler of the Russian docu-
ments, the book offers documentary and personal perspectives.
The editors present top-secret documents in translation from the Russian

state archives, memoirs, and interviews with child survivors. The editors’
narrative reveals how such prolonged child victimization could occur, who
knew about it, and who tried to intervene on the children’s behalf. The edi-
✦ Annals of Communism Series
tors show how the emotions from childhood trauma persist into the twen-
ty-first century, passing from victims to their children and grandchildren.
Interviews with child survivors also display their resilient ability to fashion
productive lives despite family destruction and stigma.
C AT H Y A . F R I E R S O N has held the Class of 1941 and Arthur K.

Whitcomb Research Professorships at the University of New Hampshire.
S E M Y O N S . V I L E N S K Y was a Gulag prisoner and journalist who
serves as chair of the Moscow literary-historical society “The Return” and February History/Soviet History
on the Russian Federation’s Presidential Commission for the Rehabilitation of 448 pp. 29 b/w illus. 6 1/8 x 9 1/4
Victims of Political Repression. 978-0-300-12293-0 $55.00sc
113
THE ANTI-ENLIGHTENMENT TRADITION
Zeev Sternhell
Translated by David Maisel
I n this masterful work of historical scholarship, Zeev Sternhell, an internationally renowned Israeli political scientist
and historian, presents a controversial new view of the origins of fascism, locating them in the eighteenth century
with the advent of the Anti-Enlightenment, a far earlier date than most historians.
The thinkers belonging to the Anti-Enlightenment (a tradition originally identified by Friedrich Nietzsche) represent a
perspective that is anti-rational and anti-intellectual and rejects the principles of natural law. Sternhell asserts that the
Anti-Enlightenment is a development separate from the Enlightenment and sees the two traditions as evolving parallel
to one another over time. He contends that J.G. Herder, Edmund Burke, and Joseph de Maistre can be connected to the
origins of the Anti-Enlightenment and shows how that tradition undermines the very foundations of liberalism, con-
tributing to the development of fascism that culminated in the European catastrophes of the twentieth century.
December Political Science

Z E E V S T E R N H E L L ,who won the 2008 Israel Prize in political science, 512 pp. 6 1/8 x 9 1/4
is Leon Blum Professor of Political Science, Hebrew University. 978-0-300-13554-1 $45.00sc
MONTESQUIEU AND THE LOGIC OF LIBERTY

War, Religion, Commerce, Climate, Terrain, Technology, Uneasiness of Mind, the Spirit
of Political Vigilance, and the Foundations of the Modern Republic
Paul A. Rahe
T his fresh examination of the works of Montesquieu seeks to understand the shortcomings of the modern dem-
ocratic state in light of this great political thinker’s insightful critique of commercial republicanism.
The western democracies’ muted response to victory in the Cold War signaled the presence of a pervasive dis-
content, a sense that despite this victory liberal democracy itself was deeply flawed. Paul A. Rahe argues that to
understand this phenomenon we must re-examine—starting with Montesquieu—the nature of liberal democracy,
its character, and its propensities. In a brilliant exposition of the works of Montesquieu, Rahe identifies the pro-
found sense of uneasiness fostered by the modern republic as a source of weakness and as the principal cause of
the present discontents.
September History
PA U L A . R A H E holds the Charles O. Lee and Louise K. Lee Chair in the 384 pp. 6 1/8 x 9 1/4
Western Heritage at Hillsdale College. He lives in Hillsdale, MI. 978-0-300-14125-2 $45.00sc
REVIVING SELF-GOVERNANCE IN THE WORKPLACE

Employee Rights and Representation in an Era of Self-Regulation
Cynthia Estlund
T his original book seeks to shape current trends toward employer self-regulation into a new paradigm of workplace
governance in which workers participate. The decline of collective bargaining and the parallel rise of employment
law have left workers with an abundance of legal rights but no representation at work. Without representation, even
workers’ legal rights are often under-enforced. At the same time, however, many legal and social forces have pushed
firms to self-regulate—to take on the task of realizing public norms through internal compliance structures.
Cynthia Estlund argues that the trend toward self-regulation is here to stay, and that worker-friendly reformers should
seek not to stop that trend but to steer it by securing for workers an effective voice within self-regulatory processes. If
the law can be retooled to encourage forms of self-regulation in which workers participate, it can help both to promote
public values and to revive workplace self-governance.
C Y N T H I A E S T L U N D is the Catherine A. Rein Professor of Law at the February Law
320 pp. 6 1/8 x 9 1/4
New York University School of Law.
978-0-300-12450-7 $50.00sc
114
General Interest—
Paperback Reprints
115
General Interest Paperback Reprints
LOST WORLDS SUSTAINABILITY BY DESIGN
Adventures in the Tropical Rainforest A Subversive Strategy for Transforming
Bruce M. Beehler Our Consumer Culture
John R. Ehrenfeld
“[Beehler’s] memoir vividly describes the forests and wildlife
that are his passion while offering an unromantic view of “Ehrenfeld deftly weaves physics and philosophy, story-
how ‘environmental carpetbaggers’ like himself work—warts telling and system dynamics to show what it will take for
and all—to advance international conservation in tropical us to be healing to the planet and to ourselves. This is an
forests from Madagascar to the Philippines to India.” extraordinarily valuable contribution.”—Joel Makower,
—Margaret Pizer, Conservation executive editor, GreenBiz.com, and author of Strategies
for the Green Economy
August Nature/Science August Economics/Environmental Studies

272 pp. 40 b/w illus. 6 1/8 x 9 1/4 272 pp. 11 b/w illus. 6 1/8 x 9 1/4
paper 978-0-300-15833-5 $17.00 paper 978-0-300-15843-4 $17.00
cloth (S ’08) 978-0-300-12228-2 $28.00 cloth (F ’08) 978-0-300-13749-1 $28.00
STALL POINTS A PORTRAIT OF THE BRAIN

Most Companies Stop Growing—Yours Adam Zeman
Doesn’t Have To
Bizarre, perplexing, and moving cases of brain disorder,
Matthew S. Olson and Derek van Bever
told by a neurologist with an extraordinary gift for sto-
Selected by the Toronto Globe & Mail as one of the Top rytelling.
10 Business Books of 2008
“A fascinating tale about what we do know about the
“This book’s message is a timely reminder to all managers brain, and what happens when it goes wrong.”—Clive
of this potential for renewal.”—Strategy & Business Cookson, Financial Times
August Business September Psychology/Science

256 pp. 51 charts and graphs 6 1/8 x 9 1/4 256 pp. 16 b/w illus. 6 1/8 x 9 1/4
paper 978-0-300-15851-9 $19.00 paper 978-0-300-15831-1 $18.00
cloth (S ’08) 978-0-300-13687-6 $27.50 cloth (S ’08) 978-0-300-11416-4 $27.50
116
General Interest–Paperback Reprints
KING’S DREAM
The Legacy of Martin Luther King’s
“I Have a Dream” Speech
Eric J. Sundquist
Now available in paperback, “one of the best

short books we have on the ideas of racial
equality” (George Bornstein, Times Literary Supplement)
I n this assessment of Martin Luther King, Jr.’s famous

1963 speech, Eric J. Sundquist explores its origins, its
place in the long history of American debates about equal-
ity and race, and why it is now hailed as the most power- ♦ Icons of America
ful American address of the twentieth century. Icons of America is a series of short works written by
leading scholars, critics, and writers, each of whom tells
a new and innovative story about American history and
culture through the lens of a single iconic individual,
“The speech and all that surrounds it—background and event, object, or cultural phenomenon.
consequences—are brought magnificently to life. . . .
Sundquist has written about race and ethnicity in
American culture. In this book he gives us drama and More than 7,000 copies
emotion, a powerful sense of history combined with illu- sold in hardcover
minating scholarship.”—Anthony Lewis, New York Times Book
Review (Editor’s Choice)
“Each chapter of Sundquist’s intelligent and important
book focuses on one of several themes in the speech, ♦ Contains the full text of King’s
unpacking the sources of the words and placing them “I Have a Dream” speech
within a broader civil rights context. His last chapter, ‘Not ♦ Publication timed for the
by the Color of Their Skin,’ is one of the most incisive August 28th anniversary of
analyses of the affirmative action debate I have ever read.” the speech
—Clay Risen, Washington Post Book World
E R I C J . S U N D Q U I S T is UCLA Foundation Professor of August History

Literature, UCLA. He is author or editor of eight books on 320 pp. 16 b/w illus. 5 1/2 x 8 1/4
American literature and culture, including the award-winning vol- paper 978-0-300-15859-5 $14.00
umes To Wake the Nations and Strangers in the Land. cloth (F ’08) 978-0-300-11807-0 $26.00
117
THE KINGDOM OF THE BAGEL
INFINITE SPACE The Surprising History of a Modest Bread
An Encounter with Your Head Maria Balinska
Raymond Tallis “[A] scrumptious little book. . . . The cover alone would
whet any New Yorker’s weekend appetite.”
“British medical doctor Tallis considers the looks and —Sam Roberts, New York Times
actions of the human head—without discussing the
brain. . . . Creative and proudly humanistic, Tallis’ tour “Balinska gives readers plenty to chew on. . . .
might induce readers to scrutinize their reflections as Thoroughly entertaining.”—Dara Horn, Wall Street Journal
minutely as Tallis does his own.”—Booklist
September Science/Psychology September History/Cultural History/Food Culture/

344 pp. 6 1/8 x 9 1/4 Food Studies
paper 978-0-300-15860-1 $18.00 240 pp. 30 b/w illus. 5 1/2 x 7
cloth (F ’08) 978-0-300-14222-8 $28.00 paper 978-0-300-15820-5 $16.00
For sale in North America only cloth (F ’08) 978-0-300-11229-0 $24.00
THE INVENTION OF SCOTLAND THE DISCOVERY OF MANKIND

Myth and History Atlantic Encounters in the Age of Columbus
Hugh Trevor-Roper David Abulafia
“The aim of this wonderful work of scholarship and liter- “This is a fine book, a rare combination of careful
ary wit is to show how the ‘customs and costumes of the scholarship and story-telling ability that breathes vivid life
Scottish Highlands,’ which had once been despised as bar- into the events of five centuries past. It is also a salutary
barous and even outlawed for a time, were reinvented, reminder that the discovery of mankind is a process not
embellished, and extended to embrace all of Scotland and yet complete.”—Kevin Rushby, Guardian
her glorious history.”—Katherine A. Powers, Boston Globe
September History September History

paper 978-0-300-15829-8 $20.00 paper 978-0-300-15821-2 $25.95
cloth (S ’08) 978-0-300-13686-9 $30.00 cloth (S ’08) 978-0-300-12582-5 $35.00
118
FRED ASTAIRE
Joseph Epstein
Joseph Epstien’s highly acclaimed portrait of

America’s most graceful and elegant male dancer
T his portrait of Fred Astaire, widely acclaimed as

America’s greatest male dancer, explores his life, his
unforgettable movie performances with Ginger Rogers
and other great dance partners, and how he came to rep-
resent the very essence of style, class, and charm.
“Epstein writes like an insider chatting over mai tais at the

♦ Icons of America
Brown Derby.”—Patricia Volk, O, the Oprah Magazine
Icons of America is a series of short works written by
leading scholars, critics, and writers, each of whom tells
“[A] brief, lyrical gem. . . . It’s a joy to read Epstein on vir- a new and innovative story about American history and
tually any subject upon which he decides to write, but culture through the lens of a single iconic individual,
Epstein on Astaire is especially magical.” event, object, or cultural phenomenon.
—Julia Keller, Chicago Tribune
“A delightful little volume to press into the hands of kids More than 10,000 hardcover copies
who want a concise introduction to Astaire—or old-timers sold
who already revere him.”—Tom Beer, Newsday
“Writing about Fred Astaire is like trying to write about

sunshine or fog. Epstein manages, somehow, to do it—to
grasp the ineffable. What’s more, his book makes you want
to do one thing: Watch a Fred Astaire movie as soon as
you possibly can.”—Paula Marantz Cohen, Philadelphia Inquirer
“Nicely paced, almost scientifically analytical in explaining

why Astaire became a legend while others merely became
movie stars, and filled with illuminating asides and unex-
pected wisecracks, Fred Astaire manages to draw a direct
line from Denis Diderot to Alexis de Tocqueville to Marcel
Proust to Fred Astaire. My top hat’s off to this guy.”
—Joe Queenan, Toronto Globe & Mail
J O S E P H E P S T E I N is the author of, among other books, September Biography/Performing Arts

Snobbery, Friendship, and Fabulous Small Jews. He has been edi- 224 pp. 2 b/w illus. 5 1/2 x 8 1/4
tor of American Scholar and has written for the New Yorker, the paper 978-0-300-15844-1 $15.00
Atlantic, Commentary, Town and Country, and other magazines. cloth (F ’08) 978-0-300-11695-3 $22.00
119
BAGHDAD AT SUNRISE
A Brigade Commander’s War in Iraq
Peter R. Mansoor
Foreword by Donald Kagan and Frederick Kagan
A n unprecedented on-the-ground insider’s account of the crucial first

year of the war in Iraq
“A masterful account of command in counterinsurgency opera-

tions. Colonel Peter Mansoor’s superb description of his brigade’s
experiences during our first year in Iraq is a must read for sol-
diers, scholars, and policymakers alike—and all would do well to
examine the lessons he draws from his experiences.”
—David H. Petraeus, General, U.S. Army
“Mansoor displays the knowledge of a soldier alongside the narra-

tive gifts of a true historian.”—Mark Moyar, Wall Street Journal ✦ Yale Library of Military History
“Peter Mansoor’s extraordinarily valuable Baghdad at Sunrise . . .
is a far better guide to counterinsurgency warfare than the official More than 10,000 copies
manual published by the Army and Marines. . . . This book has sold in hardcover
more intellectual integrity and utility.”—Ralph Peters, New York Post
September
History/Military History/Current Events
P E T E R R . M A N S O O R , a recently retired U.S. Army colonel, is the 416 pp. 25 b/w illus.; 4 maps 6 1/8 x 9 1/4
General Raymond Mason Chair of Military History, The Ohio State paper 978-0-300-15847-2 $18.00
University. cloth (F ’08) 978-0-300-14069-9 $28.00
NOBILITY OF SPIRIT
A Forgotten Ideal
Rob Riemen
Translated by Marjolijn de Jager
A n impassioned call to restore the conditions of freedom and

human dignity—ideals our civilization seems to have lost
“Rob Riemen has written a rare and much needed book, one
which we appreciate not because we necessarily agree with its
views, but for its commitment to ideas and its passion for imagi-
nation. It is a timely reminder of how imaginative knowledge
can become a way of questioning, connecting to and changing
the world as well as ourselves.”—Azar Nafisi
“The most stirring redoubt against the ascendant forces of

know-nothingness that we’ve come across in a long time. . . .
It’s been ages since a work of non-fiction moved us this way.”
—Mark Savas, Elegant Variation
September Literary Studies/Cultural Studies

R O B R I E M E N , an essayist and cultural philosopher, is founder of the
160 pp. 4 3/4 x 7 1/2
Nexus Institute, an international center devoted to intellectual reflection paper with flaps 978-0-300-15853-3 $12.00
and to inspiring Western cultural and philosophical debate. cloth (S’08) 978-0-300-13690-6 $22.00
120
GOOD CAPITALISM, BAD CAPITALISM,
AND THE ECONOMICS OF GROWTH AND
PROSPERITY
William J. Baumol, Robert E. Litan, and
Carl J. Schramm
I n this pathbreaking book, three prominent economists propose that

there are different varieties of capitalism in the world today—some
that are good for economic growth, others decidedly bad. For anyone
concerned with America’s economic future or the aspirations of poorer
nations, this book is essential reading.
“Helpfully moves the debate on from competing national models

to the underlying structures that shape the relative effectiveness
of different sorts of capitalism.”—Economist
✦ Received Honorable Mention for
the 2007 ForeWord Magazine
Book of the Year Award in the
Business and Economics category
W I L L I A M J . B A U M O L is Harold Price Professor of Entrepreneurship
and academic director of the Berkley Center for Entrepreneurial Studies
More than 16,000 copies
in the Stern School of Business, New York University, and senior econo- sold in hardcover
mist and professor emeritus at Princeton University. R O B E R T E . L I TA N October Economics/Business
is vice president for research and policy at the Kauffman Foundation and 336 pp. 7 b/w illus. 6 1/8 x 9 1/4
senior fellow at the Brookings Institution. C A R L J . S C H R A M M is paper 978-0-300-15832-8 $22.00
president and chief executive officer of the Kauffman Foundation and a cloth (S ’07) 978-0-300-10941-2 $30.00
Not for sale in India, Pakistan, Bangladesh, Sri Lanka,
Batten Fellow at the Darden School of Business, University of Virginia. Nepal, Bhutan and Myanmar
THE ARTS OF INTIMACY

Christians, Jews, and Muslims in the Making of
Castilian Culture
Jerrilynn D. Dodds, María Rosa Menocal, and
Abigail Krasner Balbale
T he acclaimed authors of Architecture and Ideology in Early Modern

Spain and The Ornament of the World join forces to offer a dynam-
ic vision of medieval Castilian culture and the Arabic, Hebrew, and Latin
strands that intertwined to create it.
“Lyrically written, elegantly illustrated, and deeply informed by

the latest scholarship, The Arts of Intimacy offers rich insight
into the remarkably cosmopolitan world of medieval Castile, and
Alfonsine Toledo in particular. With grace and subtlety, the
authors show that tolerance, openness, and the productive
admixture of cultures could flourish even amid the geopolitical
reality of Christian reconquest. This is the history of culture at
its finest, advancing an important new interpretation while
offering rewards for mind and senses alike.”—Noah Feldman
J E R R I LY N N D . D O D D S is distinguished professor and senior facul-

ty advisor to the provost for undergraduate education, City College of
New York. M A R Í A R O S A M E N O C A L is director, Whitney November History/Art History
Humanities Center, and Sterling Professor of the Humanities, Yale 416 pp. 10 b/w + 200 color illus. 7 x 10
University. A B I G A I L K R A S N E R B A L B A L E is a Ph.D. candidate in paper 978-0-300-15838-0 $24.00
history and Middle Eastern studies at Harvard University. cloth (F ’08) 978-0-300-10609-1 $40.00
121
TALIBAN
Militant Islam, Oil and Fundamentalism in Central
Asia
Ahmed Rashid
T he Number One New York Times best-seller, now newly relevant:

Ahmed Rashid’s authoritative account of the world’s most extreme
and radical Islamic organization
“The best book on the Taliban.”—L. Carl Brown, Foreign Affairs
“[A] valuable and informative work.”—Richard Bernstein, New York

Times
“An excellent political and historical account of the movement’s

rise to power.”—Katha Pollitt, Nation
“Anyone contemplating new adventures in Afghanistan—whether

to save its women from persecution, rescue the state from further
fragmentation or save themselves from terrorist backlash—might
first consult Rashid’s book.”—Paula R. Newberg, San Francisco Chronicle
F ’01 (backlist) Current Events

Called “Pakistan’s best and bravest reporter” by Christopher Hitchens 294 pp. 5 x 7 3/4
in Vanity Fair, A H M E D R A S H I D was given the 2001 Nisar 978-0-300-08902-8 $17.00
Osmani Award for courage in journalism by the Human Rights Society For sale in the U.S. and its dependencies (including the
Virgin Islands, Puerto Rico, and Guam), the Philippine
of Pakistan. Islands, and Canada only
PAKISTAN
Eye of the Storm
Third Edition
Owen Bennett Jones
T his thoroughly revised and updated edition of Bennett Jones’s mar-

ket-leading account of this critical modern state includes fresh
material on the Taliban insurgency, the Musharraf years, the return and
subsequent assassination of Benazir Bhutto, and the unlikely election as
president of Asif Ali Zardari.
Praise for the first edition
“The world has a stake in what happens in Pakistan. How great a

stake, this book makes compellingly clear.”—Robert M. Hathaway,
Wilson Quarterly
“[A] lucid and sobering examination. . . . Owen Bennett Jones

has delivered a well-crafted, clear, balanced and often quite live-
ly account that should be immensely useful.”
—Thomas W. Lippman, Washington Post Book World
November History/Current Events

O W E N B E N N E T T J O N E S was BBC correspondent in 368 pp. 32 b/w illus. + 4 maps 5 1/2 x 8 1/2
Pakistan and is now correspondent in Asia for the BBC World paper 978-0-300-15475-7 $19.00
Service. He has written for the Guardian, the Financial Times, the Previous edition: paper ( F ’03) 978-0-300-10147-8
Not for sale in India, Nepal, Bhutan, Bangladesh, Sri Lanka,
Independent, the London Review of Books, and Prospect magazine. and the Maldives
122
THE RAVEN KING LIFE EXPLAINED
Matthias Corvinus and the Fate of His Lost Michel Morange
Library
Translated by Matthew Cobb and Malcolm DeBevoise
Marcus Tanner
A biologist reflects on the question “What is life?”
This book is the first in English to tell the gripping story
of Matthias Corvinus of Hungary—known as the Raven “This book is remarkable for the clarity and soundness of
King—and of the fate of his fabled 2,000-volume library. its arguments, the fair and balanced way in which it pre-
sents controversial positions, and its unique capacity to
“A fascinating yet little-known true-life tale that has all the map out unresolved questions.”—Bruno J. Strasser, Yale
hallmarks of gripping fiction.”—Independent on Sunday University
✦ An Éditions Odile Jacob Book

November Science
224 pp. 5 1/2 x 8 1/4
October History/Biography paper 978-0-300-15850-2 $16.00
336 pp. 6 1/8 x 9 1/4 cloth (F ’08) 978-0-300-13732-3 $25.00
paper 978-0-300-15828-1 $22.00
cloth (S ’08) 978-0-300-12034-9 $35.00
THE PUBLIC DOMAIN THE ILLUSIONS OF

Enclosing the Commons of the Mind ENTREPRENEURSHIP
James Boyle The Costly Myths That Entrepreneurs,
Investors, and Policy Makers Live By
“In this delightful volume, Professor Boyle gives the read- Scott A. Shane
er a masterful tour of the intellectual property wars, the
fight over who will control the information age, pointing “For its myth-busting findings and analytical rigor, Mr.
the way toward the promise—and peril—of the future. A Shane’s book is a welcome addition to the literature on a
must read for both beginner and expert alike!” crucial part of any modern economy.”
—Jimmy Wales, founder, Wikipedia —Nick Schulz, Wall Street Journal
January Law/Internet Culture/Current Events January Business/Economics

paper 978-0-300-15834-2 $18.00 paper 978-0-300-15856-4 $18.00
cloth (F ’08) 978-0-300-13740-8 $28.50 cloth (F ’07) 978-0-300-11331-0 $26.00
123
Scholarly Books of Interest
to the General Trade—
Paperback Reprints
124
Scholarly Books of Interest to the General Trade–Paperback Reprints
THE GREAT AWAKENING THE PEARL
The Roots of Evangelical Christianity in A True Tale of Forbidden Love in
Colonial America Catherine the Great’s Russia
Thomas S. Kidd Douglas Smith
Winner of the 2008 Christianity Today Award of Merit in “This is a dazzling, multi-faceted jewel of a book. It is a
the category of History/Biography remarkable work of dual biography; it is also an unforget-
table story.”—Robert K. Massie, Pulitzer Prize–winning
“This is a book to end all books on the Great Awakening. . . .
author of Nicholas and Alexandra and Peter the Great
Probing and persuasive.”—Edwin S. Gaustad, Catholic
Historical Review
August History/Religion August Biography/History

416 pp. 15 b/w illus. 6 1/8 x 9 1/4 224 pp. 5 1/2 x 8 1/4
paper 978-0-300-15846-5 $22.00sc paper 978-0-300-15858-8 $22.00sc
cloth (F ’07) 978-0-300-11887-2 $35.00sc cloth (S ’08) 978-0-300-12041-7 $35.00
REBELS, MAVERICKS, AND AUTO MANIA

Cars, Consumers, and the Environment
HERETICS IN BIOLOGY
Tom McCarthy
Edited and with an Introduction by Oren Harman
and Michael R. Dietrich A timely history of why the environmental problems
With an Epilogue by R. C. Lewontin that American automobile consumers and automak-
The stories of nineteen scientists—some famous, some ers created have proved so hard to fix.
forgotten—who stubbornly challenged assumptions “What distinguishes Auto Mania . . . is the scope of its
indictment. McCarthy doesn’t [just] blame Detroit for the
and icons in the life sciences.
ills of Detroit; he blames all of us.”—Elizabeth Kolbert,
New Yorker
August Science/History of Science September History/Environmental Studies/Economics

paper 978-0-300-15845-8 $23.00sc paper 978-0-300-15848-9 $20.00sc
cloth (S ’08) 978-0-300-11639-7 $40.00sc cloth 978-0-300-11038-8 $32.50sc
125
PRESERVING NATURE IN
THE NATIONAL PARKS
A History
With a New Preface and Epilogue
Richard West Sellars
T his groundbreaking book—now reissued with a new preface and

epilogue that bring the book up to the 2009 change in presidential
administrations—traces the epic clash of values between traditional
scenery-and-tourism management and emerging ecological concepts in P R E S E R V I N G N AT U R E I N
America’s national parks. T H E N AT I O N A L PA R K S
A HISTORY
“Preserving Nature inspired the greatest advances in scientific

RICHARD WEST SELLARS
natural resource preservation in the history of the national
parks.”—Stewart L. Udall, Secretary of the Interior, 1961–1969
✦ Selected as one of the top twelve
“Anyone who hopes to understand the rich history of our nation- books on conservation by wilderness
al parks—or cares about their future—needs to read this penetrat- advocate Dave Foreman
ing book.“—Dayton Duncan, writer and producer of The National Parks:
✦ Preserving Nature won Eastern
America’s Best Idea broadcast on PBS
National’s 1997 Authors Award in
“This book has changed the way I think about the National Park the field of natural science or history,
Service. Its honesty, clarity, and deep research all mark this book and Sellars won the 2008 George
as a landmark in N.P.S. historical treatises.” B. Hartzog, Jr., Award, given by the
—Robert C. Pavlik, Yosemite Association Coalition of National Park Service
Retirees, mainly for his contributions
through this book
September History/Nature
448 pp. 16 b/w illus. 6 1/8 x 9 1/4
Historian R I C H A R D W E S T S E L L A R S was with the National Park paper 978-0-300-15414-6 $27.50sc
Service for thirty-five years. previous edition: paper (S’99) 978-0-300-07578-6
THE UKRAINIANS
Unexpected Nation, Third Edition
Andrew Wilson
T his book is the most acute, informed, and up-to-date account avail-
able today of Ukraine and its people. Andrew Wilson brings his
classic work up to the present, through the Orange Revolution and its
aftermath, including the 2006 election, the ensuing crisis of 2007, the
Ukrainian response to the Russian invasion of Georgia in 2008, the eco-
nomic crisis in Ukraine, and the 2009 gas dispute between Russia and
Ukraine. It looks forward to the key election in 2010, which will revisit
many of the issues that were thought settled in 2004.
Praise for earlier editions:

“Marvelous. . . . A perfect introduction to a fascinating culture:
strongly recommended.”—Library Journal
“[A] sweeping introductory examination of Ukrainian identity

and history. . . . An exceptional history, the kind that supplies
not pat answers but food for thought within a lush context of
documented and mythological past.”—Kirkus Reviews (starred review)
October History
A N D R E W W I L S O N is reader in Ukrainian studies at the School of paper 978-0-300-15476-4 $19.00sc
Slavonic and East European Studies, University College, London. previous edition: paper (S’02) 978-0-300-09309-4
126
INDIA VISHNU’S CROWDED TEMPLE
The Rise of an Asian Giant India since the Great Rebellion
Dietmar Rothermund Maria Misra
An authoritative analysis of the political, economic, and “A very readable work, packed with information,
social developments behind India’s dramatic rise in engagingly written and often bracingly maverick in its
global stature interpretations. It is not only worth reading, but worth
arguing about.”—Chandak Sengoopta, Independent
“A well-written interdisciplinary account of changes that
have taken place in India since independence in 1947. . . .
Recommended.”—Choice
October History October History

paper 978-0-300-15827-4 $20.00sc paper 978-0-300-15142-8 $24.00sc
cloth (S ’08) 978-0-300-11309-9 $35.00 cloth (S ’08) 978-0-300-13721-7 $35.00
For sale in the U.S. only
Not for sale in India
THE THEBAN PLAYS OF MORTAL COIL

SOPHOCLES A Short History of Living Longer
Translated by David R. Slavitt David Boyd Haycock
“Slavitt’s lean translations are dramatically effective with- “This is history on a grand scale, built from intensive
out sacrificing the nuances of the original. . . . Arguably knowledge of the day-to-day workings of planters,
superior in some respects to Fagles, especially as a work to merchants, sailors, and drinkers across the Atlantic basin.
perform on stage.”—Gail Holst-Warhaft, Cornell University David Hancock shows how trade systems actually operat-
ed and in the process uses the wine buisness to illumi-
✦ The Yale New Classics Series nate the origins of the modern global economy.
—Peter C. Mancall, University of Southern California
October Drama October History/History of Science

288 pp. 5 1/2 x 8 1/4 320 pp. 16 pp. illus. 5 1/2 x 8 1/2
paper 978-0-300-11901-5 $15.00sc paper 978-0-300-15825-0 $22.00sc
cloth (S ’07) 978-0-300-11776-9 $28.00 cloth (F ’08) 978-0-300-11778-3 $30.00
127
HouseHold Gods THE AMERICAN FAR WEST IN
The British and Their Possessions THE TWENTIETH CENTURY
Deborah Cohen Earl Pomeroy
Winner of the American Historical Association’s 2007 Edited by Richard W. Etulain, Foreword by Howard R. Lamar
Morris D. Forkosch Prize and co-winner of the 2007
“No historian in the past half century has written about
Albion Book Prize from the North American Conference the American West with greater insight or originality than
on British Studies; shortlisted for the Hessel-Tiltman Earl Pomeroy. We are lucky indeed that he has left us this
History Prize posthumous volume as a final monument to the depth
and range of his extraordinary scholarship.”
“[A] witty and beguiling history of a hundred years of British —William Cronon
domestic interiors.”—Ligaya Mishan, New York Times Book
Review ✦ The Lamar Series in Western History
October History October History

336 pp. 100 b/w + 15 color illus. 7 1/2 x 9 1/4 600 pp. 62 b/w illus. 6 1/8 x 9 1/4
paper 978-0-300-13641-8 $25.00sc paper 978-0-300-15852-6 $25.00sc
cloth (F ’06) 978-0-300-11213-9 $45.00sc cloth (F ’08) 978-0-300-12073-8 $35.00
WAR OF A THOUSAND DESERTS ALL CAN BE SAVED

Indian Raids and the U.S.–Mexican War Religious Tolerance and Salvation in
Brian DeLay the Iberian Atlantic World
Stuart B. Schwartz
“This is not just the most significant work on the U.S.-
Mexico War to appear in a generation, but a study with Winner of the 2008 Cundill International Prize in
wide-ranging implications for the history of North America. History
Brian DeLay shows how enlightening transnational history
can be when done well.”—Amy S. Greenberg, The “A flowing narrative that is at once gripping and enlight-
Pennsylvania State University ening. . . . All Can Be Saved should prove to be a very
important contribution to our understanding of religious
✦ The Lamar Series in Western History belief, past and present.”—Carlos Eire, Books & Culture
November History/American Indian Studies November History/Religion
paper 978-0-300-15837-3 $25.00sc paper 978-0-300-15854-0 $25.00sc
cloth (F ’08) 978-0-300-11932-9 $35.00 cloth (S ’08) 978-0-300-12580-1 $40.00sc
128
THE SERBS
History, Myth and the Destruction of
Yugoslavia
Third Edition
Tim Judah
J ournalist Tim Judah’s classic account, now brought fully up to

date to include the overthrow of Miloševič, the assassination
of Zoran Djindič, the breakaway of Kosovo, and the arrest of
Radovan Karadžič.
Praise for the first edition:
“A lively and balanced history of the Serbs.”—Aleksa Djilas, New York

Times Book Review
“Judah writes splendidly. . . .The story he tells does much to

More than 20,000 hardcover copies
explain both the Serb obsession with the treachery of outsiders
of The Serbs have been sold in its
and their quasi-religious faith in the eventual founding, or rather
previous editions.
reestablishment, of the Serbian state.”—Mark Danner, New York Review
of Books
“Judah’s book is probably the best attempt to date to explain the

calamitous situation of the Serbs today through a meticulous con-
sideration of the Serb past.”—David Rieff, Toronto Globe and Mail
“A first-rate profile of the Serb nation.”—Choice
“Judah has written a readable and intelligent volume, carefully

researched and judiciously constructed.”—William Peter Kaldis,
History: Reviews of New Books
“Readable and stimulating.”—Brendan Simms, Times Higher Education

Supplement
October History/Current Events

T I M J U D A H was Balkans correspondent for the London Times and the 368 pp. 40 b/w illus. 6 1/8 x 9 1/4
Economist, and has been a frequent contributor the New York Review of paper 978-0-300-15826-7 $19.00sc
Books. Previous edition (F ’00) 978-0-300-08507-5
129
HUMANS, NATURE, AND BIRDS THE WOMAN WHO WALKED
Science Art from Cave Walls to Computer INTO THE SEA
Screens Huntington’s and the Making of a Genetic
Darryl Wheye and Donald Kennedy Disease
Foreword by Paul R. Ehrlich Alice Wexler
Foreword by Nancy S. Wexler
“Just as a glass of a fine wine is meant to be enjoyed sip by
sip, this book will be enjoyed page by page. Its . . . thought-
“Detailed and evocative. . . . Wexler re-creates a picture
provoking images depict our age-old fascination with birds,
of a long-ago place where doctors lived next-door to
ranging from the owl traced 30,000 years ago in Chauvet
their patients and where generation after generation of a
Cave, to the goshawk attacking grouse in a dramatic modern
community’s most prominent members struggled with a
painting.”—Jared Diamond, author of Guns, Germs, and Steel
crippling disease.”—Amy Dockser Marcus, Wall Street
Journal
November Nature/Science
240 pp. 75 color illus. 7 1/2 x 9 1/4 January Medicine/History of Science/Biography
paper 978-0-300-15862-5 $22.00sc 288 pp. 6 1/8 x 9 1/4
cloth (S ’08) 978-0-300-12388-3 $37.50 paper 978-0-300-15861-8 $20.00sc
Published with assistance from the Alfred P. Sloan Foundation’s
Public Understanding of Science and Technology Program
cloth (F ’08) 978-0-300-10502-5 $30.00sc
ON ELOQUENCE FORGIVE US OUR DEBTS

Denis Donoghue The Intergenerational Dangers of Fiscal
Irresponsibility
A n eloquent reminder of why we should care

about—and revel in—eloquence in literature and
speech.
Andrew Yarrow
“This book should be mandatory reading for everyone

who cares about America’s future economic health.
Andrew’s concise, clearly written prose explains why
“Donoghue is a formidably gifted critic whose range of ref-
deficits really do matter, for all of us, and for our chil-
erence is truly impressive.”—Peter Brooks, New York Times
dren and grandchildren.” —Charles Kolb, President,
Book Review
The Committee for Economic Development
January Literary Studies January Economics

208 pp. 5 1/2 x 8 1/4 184 pp. 14 b/w illus. 6 1/8 x 9 1/4
paper 978-0-300-15839-7 $17.00sc paper 978-0-300-15863-2 $17.00sc
cloth (F ’07) 978-0-300-12541-2 $27.50 cloth (S ’08) 978-0-300-12353-1 $25.00
130
AN INTRODUCTION TO TRANSICIÓN
CONTEMPORARY SPOKEN ARABIC Hacia un español avanzado a través de la
A Conversational Course on DVD historia de España
Shukri Abed Josebe Bilbao-Henry
T his text-and-DVD package can be used to improve

the conversational skills of second- to third-semester
beginning Arabic students. It helps students as they begin
T his intermediate to advanced Spanish language
textbook focuses on the transition to democracy
in Spain after Franco’s regime. The textbook helps stu-
to express themselves in the Arabic language, guiding dents to build critical thinking skills and to analyze
them through language functions such as describing peo- unfamiliar topics through an engaging variety
ple and places, and discussing typical daily activities. of authentic readings, guided discussions, and writing
activities on Spain’s recent history. Each chapter incor-
porates an episode of Cuéntame cómo pasó, a Spanish
TV series, which is included on DVD. This book fits the
needs of students who are interested in Spanish as well
as political science, international relations, or history.
S H U K R I A B E D is chairman of the Language and
Regional Studies Department at the Middle East Institute
in Washington, D.C. He has taught at the University of
Maryland and the University of Mary Washington. J O S E B E B I L B A O - H E N R Y is adjunct assistant pro-
fessor of Spanish at the George Washington University.
December Language
Part 1: 240 pp. 40 b/w illus. 7 x 10
Paper with DVD 978-0-300-14480-2 $40.00tx November Language
Part 2: 240 pp. 40 b/w illus. 7 x 10 384 pp. 19 b/w illus. 8 x 10
Paper with DVD 978-0-300-15904-2 $40.00tx Paper with DVD 978-0-300-14217-4 $75.00tx
SONIDOS EN CONTEXTO LEARNING CHINESE

Una introducción a la fonética del español con A Foundation Course in Mandarin
especial referencia a la vida real Julian K. Wheatley
Terrell A. Morgan
S onidos en contexto is a comprehensive, theory-inde-

pendent description of Spanish phonetics and
L earning Chinese teaches basic conversational
and literary skills in Mandarin. It is designed to
build language ability while stimulating learners’
phonology for intermediate to advanced students. It pro- curiosity about the linguistic structures of the lan-
vides articulatory descriptions of native pronunciations as guage as well as the geography, history, and culture
well as practical advice on producing native-like sounds, of China. Conversational lessons are separated from
with a logical progression of exercises leading to that end. lessons on reading and writing characters, allowing
“The best, most up-to-date, and most comprehensive instructors to adapt the book to their students and to
treatment of Spanish phonetics.”—Joel Rini, University of their course goals.
Virginia
J U L I A N K . W H E AT L E Y is visiting associate profes-

T E R R E L L A . M O R G A N is Associate Professor of sor of Chinese at the National Institute of Education
Spanish at The Ohio State University. at Nanyang Technological University, Singapore.
February Language November Language

440 pp. 24 b/w + 325 color illus. 8 1/2 x 11 416 pp. 48 b/w illus. 8 x 10
paper with CD-ROM 978-0-300-14959-3 $95.00tx paper 978-0-300-14117-7 $65.00tx
131
Languages
Now available in paperback
THE WORKS OF JONATHAN EDWARDS

“The Jonathan Edwards Project is the first of its kind—a comprehensive, exhaustive effort to produce an
online archive of all of Edwards’ sermons, treatises, letters and musings to serve the needs of anyone who
cares to know the man. . . . Though he may never attain the rock-star status of George Washington, with
the Yale project, Edwards will live forever.”—Adrian Brune, Hartford Courant
Volume 1: Freedom of the Will

Jonathan Edwards
Edited by Paul Ramsay
T he premier volume of the Works of Jonathan Edwards, now available for the
first time in paperback, presents a critical edition of Edwards’ famous treatise
on Freedom of the Will of 1754. This work, by which Edwards was known through
the nineteenth century, shaped philosophical discourse in America and Europe, and
is on the list of 500 most important books printed in America.
✦ The Works of Jonathan Edwards

August Religion/Editions
506 pp. 6 1/8 x 9 1/4
paper 978-0-300-15840-3 $20.00tx
cloth (F’57) 978-0-300-00848-7 $110.00tx
Volume 2: Religious Affections

Jonathan Edwards
Edited by John E. Smith
O riginally printed in 1746 at the culmination of the series of tumultuous revivals

known as the Great Awakening, Edwards’ Treatise Concerning Religious
Affections is regarded as one of the most sophisticated examinations of conversion
psychology, delineating negative and positive signs of “true” religion. Today as in the
eighteenth century, this work is referred to by revivalists and religious practitioners as
a guide in questions concerning true and counterfeit religious behavior.
✦ The Works of Jonathan Edwards

August Religion/Editions
534 pp. 6 1/8 x 9 1/4
paper 978-0-300-15841-0 $20.00tx
cloth (F ’59) 978-0-300-00966-8 $110.00tx
Volume 4: The Great Awakening

Jonathan Edwards
Edited by C. C. Goen
T his volume collects Edwards’ major revival tracts, including A Faithful Narrative of the Surprizing Work of God,
his description and analysis of the Connecticut River awakening of the 1730s; The Distinguishing Marks of a Work
of the Spirit of God, in which he began to identify the essential signs of grace; and Some Thoughts Concerning the
Revival, a robust answer to critics of the awakenings in New England and beyond who doubted the authenticity of the
“work” because of the enthusiasm of its participants.
✦ The Works of Jonathan Edwards August Religion/Editions

607 pp. 6 1/8 x 9 1/4
paper 978-0-300-15842-7 $20.00tx
cloth (F ’72) 978-0-300-01437-2 $110.00tx
132
Academic
SUICIDAL BEHAVIOR IN CHILDREN ✦ Current Perspectives in Psychology
AND ADOLESCENTS
Barry M. Wagner
I n this remarkably clear and readable evaluation of the research on this topic, Barry M. Wagner presents the current
state of knowledge about suicidal behaviors in children and adolescents, addressing the trends of the past ten years
and evaluating available treatment approaches.
Wagner provides an in-depth examination of the problem of suicidal behavior within the context of child and adoles-
cent behavior. Among the developmental issues covered are the evolving capacity for emotional self-regulation,
change and stresses in family, peer, and romantic relationships, and developing conceptions of time and death. He
also provides an up-to-date review of the controversy surrounding the possible influence of antidepressant medica-
tions on suicidal behavior. Within the context of an integrative model of the suicide crisis, Wagner discusses issues
pertaining to assessment, treatment, and prevention.
B A R R Y M . WA G N E R is Professor of Psychology and Director of August Psychology

Clinical Training at the Catholic University of America. He lives in 272 pp. 7 b/w illus. 6 1/8 x 9 1/4
Washington, D.C. paper orig. 978-0-300-11250-4 $55.00tx
CHURCH, SOCIETY, AND RELIGIOUS CHANGE IN FRANCE, 1580–1730

Joseph Bergin
T his readable and engaging book by an acclaimed historian is the only wide-ranging synthesis devoted to the
French experience of religious change during the period after the wars of religion up to the early Enlightenment.
Joseph Bergin provides a clear, up-to-date, and thorough account of the religious history of France in the context of
social, institutional, and cultural developments during the so-called long seventeenth century.
Bergin argues that the French version of the Catholic Reformation showed a dynamism unrivaled elsewhere in Europe.
The traumatic experiences of the wars of religion, the continuing search within France for heresy, and the challenge of
Augustinian thought successively energized its attempts at religious change. Bergin highlights the continuing interaction
of church and society and shows that while the French experience was clearly allied to its European context, its path
was a distinctive one.
J O S E P H B E R G I N is professor of history at the University of Manchester, and

a Fellow of the British Academy. His previous books include Cardinal Richelieu, August History/Religion
The Making of the French Episcopate and Crown, Church and Episcopate under 480 pp. 6 1/8 x 9 1/4
Louis XI. He lives in Manchester, UK. 978-0-300-15098-8 $55.00tx
THE CHOSEN WILL BECOME HERDS

Studies in Twentieth-Century Kabbalah
Jonathan Garb
Translated by Yaffah Berkovits-Murciano
T he popularity of Kabbalah, a Jewish mystical movement at least 900 years old, has grown astonishingly within the
context of the New Age movement. This book is the first to provide a broad overview of the major trends in con-
temporary Kabbalah together with in-depth discussions of major figures and schools.
A noted expert on Kabbalah, Jonathan Garb places the “kabbalistic Renaissance” within the global context of the rise
of other forms of spirituality, including Sufism and Tibetan Buddhism. He shows how Kabbalah has been transformed
by the events of the Holocaust and, following the establishment of Israel, by aliyah. The Chosen Will Become Herds is an
original piece of scholarship and, in its own right, a new chapter in the history of Kabbalah.
August Jewish Studies/Religious Studies
J O N AT H A N G A R B , a leading authority on modern Kabbalah, is a 240 pp. 6 1/8 x 9 1/4
senior lecturer at the Hebrew University of Jerusalem. paper orig. 978-0-300-12394-4 $50.00tx
133
Academic
JEWS IN UKRAINIAN LITERATURE
Representation and Identity
Myroslav Shkandrij
T his pioneering study is the first to show how Jews have been seen through modern Ukrainian literature.
Myroslav Shkandrij uses evidence found within that literature to challenge the established view that the
Ukrainian and Jewish communities were antagonistic toward one another and interacted only when compelled to
do so by economic necessity.
Jews in Ukrainian Literature synthesizes recent research in the West and in Ukraine, where access to Soviet-era litera-
ture has become possible only in the recent, post-independence period. Many of the works discussed are either little-
known or unknown in the West. By demonstrating how Ukrainians have imagined their historical encounters with
Jews in different ways over the decades, this account also shows how the Jewish presence has contributed to the
acceptance of cultural diversity within contemporary Ukraine.
August Literary Criticism/Jewish Studies

M Y R O S L AV S H K A N D R I J is professor of Slavic studies at the University 288 pp. 6 1/8 x 9 1/4
of Manitoba. He lives in Winnipeg. paper orig. 978-0-300-12588-7 $55.00tx
CIVIL SOCIETY AND EMPIRE

Ireland and Scotland in the Eighteenth-Century Atlantic World
James Livesey
J ames Livesey traces the origins of the modern conception of civil society—an ideal of collective life between the fam-
ily and politics to Ireland and Scotland in the eighteenth century. Livesey shows how civil society was first invented
as an idea of renewed community for the provincial and defeated elites in the provinces of the British Empire and how
this innovation allowed them to enjoy liberty without directly participating in the empire’s governance, until the limits
of the concept were revealed. Livesey also demonstrates that the concept of civil society continues to have direct rele-
vance for contemporary political theory and action— for example, how western governments have appealed to the val-
ues of civil society in their projections of power in Bosnia and Iraq. Civil society has become an object central to cur-
rent ideological debate, and this book offers a thought-provoking discussion of its beginnings, objectives, and current
nature.
✦ The Lewis Walpole Series in Eighteenth-Century Studies

September History
J A M E S L I V E S E Y has taught at Trinity College Dublin and Harvard University 256 pp. 6 1/8 x 9 1/4
and is Reader at the University of Sussex.
YALE FRENCH STUDIES, NUMBER 116/117

Turns to the Right?
Michael A. Johnson and Lawrence R. Schehr, Special Editors
Richard J. Golsan: Pascal Bruckner and the Politics of
Table of Contents the Moraliste: Realism or Reaction?
Michael A. Johnson and Lawrence R. Schehr: Nacira Guénif-Souilamas: The Inflated Ego and New
“Turns to the Right?” Games of Belonging
François Noudelmann: A Turn to the Right: Bruno Chaouat: Moroseness in Post–Cold War France
“Genealogy” in France since the 1980s
Douglas Morrey: Sex and the Single Male: Houellebecq,
Verena Conley: “Soigne ta droite” Feminism, and Hegemonic Masculinity
Michel Gueldry: The Americanization of France Karl Pollin: Saint-Maurice of the Saber, Gnostic of
Adrian Johnston: The Right Left: Alain Badiou and the Postmodern Times
Disruption of Political Identities Armine K. Mortimer: The Third Closet: Sollers’ War
Bénédicte Coste: Against the Grain: Michéa’s Radical
September Language
Philosophy and Its Discontents
224 pp. 6 1/8 x 9 1/4
paper orig. 978-0-300-11823-0 $30.00tx
134
Academic
IDEOLOGY AND INQUISITION
The World of the Censors in Early Mexico
Martin Austin Nesvig
T his book is the first comprehensive treatment in English of the ideology and practice of the Inquisitional censors,
focusing on the case of Mexico from the 1520s to the 1630s. Others have examined the effects of censorship, but
Martin Nesvig employs a nontraditional approach that focuses on the inner logic of censorship in order to examine the
collective mentality, ideological formation, and practical application of ideology of the censors themselves.
Nesvig shows that censorship was not only about the regulation of books but about censorship in the broader sense as
a means to regulate Catholic dogma and the content of religious thought. In Mexico, decisions regarding censorship
involved considerable debate and disagreement among censors, thereby challenging the idea of the Inquisition as a
monolithic institution. Once adapted to cultural circumstances in Mexico, the Inquisition and the Index produced not a
weapon of intellectual terror but a flexible apparatus of control.
M A R T I N N E S V I G is assistant professor of history at the University of September History

Miami. He is the editor of Local Religion in Colonial Mexico and 368 pp. 10 b/w illus. 6 1/8 x 9 1/4
Religious Culture in Modern Mexico. paper orig. 978-0-300-14040-8 $60.00tx
THE PRISON AND THE AMERICAN IMAGINATION ✦ Yale Studies in English
Caleb Smith
H ow did a nation so famously associated with freedom become internationally identified with imprisonment?
After the scandals of Abu Ghraib and Guantanamo Bay, and in the midst of a dramatically escalating prison pop-
ulation, the question is particularly urgent. In this timely, provocative study, Caleb Smith argues that the dehumaniza-
tion inherent in captivity has always been at the heart of American civil society.
Exploring legal, political, and literary texts—including the works of Dickinson, Melville, and Emerson—Smith shows
how alienation and self-reliance, social death and spiritual rebirth, torture, and penitence came together in the prison,
a scene for the portrayal of both gothic nightmares and romantic dreams. Demonstrating how the “cellular soul” has
endured since the antebellum age, The Prison and the American Imagination offers a passionate and haunting critique
of the very idea of solitude in American life.
September Sociology/Literary Studies

272 pp. 4 b/w illus. 6 1/8 x 9 1/4
C A L E B S M I T H is Assistant Professor of English at Yale University. 978-0-300-14166-5 $40.00sc
THE UNBOUNDED HOME

Property Values Beyond Property Lines
Lee Anne Fennell
T he Unbounded Home grapples with a core metropolitan reality—that the value and meaning of a home extend
beyond its property lines to schools, shops, parks, services, transportation, neighbors, neighborhood aesthetics,
and even market conditions. Lee Anne Fennell unpacks the resulting tension between the homeowner’s desire for per-
sonal autonomy at home and the impulse to control what happens in surrounding areas to safeguard the home’s value.
The stakes are high; this conundrum carries implications for nearly every facet of residential life, including the many
neighborhoods in the United States that are segregated by race and social class. Fennell shows how a new under-
standing of homeownership and innovations that increase the flexibility of property law can address critical issues of
neighborhood control and community composition that have been simmering unresolved for decades.
September Law
L E E A N N E F E N N E L L is professor of law at the University of Chicago 312 pp. 11 b/w illus. 6 1/8 x 9 1/4
Law School. paper orig. 978-0-300-12244-2 $45.00tx
135
Academic
THE WORKS OF SAMUEL JOHNSON
Volumes 21–23: The Lives of the Poets
Samuel Johnson
Edited by John H. Middendorf
T he Lives of the Poets was the crowning achievement of Samuel Johnson’s rich and varied literary life. Initially
planned as a series of rapid-fire prefaces introducing separate volumes on English poets, Johnson’s project evolved
into a comprehensive biographical and critical survey of English poetry from the time of Cowley to the time of Gray. This
carefully researched three-volume edition of Lives presents a definitive text reflecting Johnson’s final wishes for its
wording, accompanied by notes of value both to general readers and specialists.
✦ The Yale Edition of the Works of Samuel Johnson
Previously announced Fall ’08

August Reference/Literary Studies
The late J O H N H . M I D D E N D O R F , a renowned Johnson scholar, 1,344 pp. in three volumes
served as general editor and chair of the Yale Edition of the Works of 6 1/8 x 9 1/4
Samuel Johnson. He was also professor of English at Columbia University. 978-0-300-12314-2 $300.00tx
COMPARATIVE STUDIES AND THE POLITICS OF MODERN MEDICAL

CARE
Edited by Theodore R. Marmor, Richard Freeman, and Kieke G. H. Okma
T his book offers a timely account of health reform struggles in developed democracies. The editors, leading experts
in the field, have brought together a group of distinguished scholars to explore the ambitions and realities of health
care regulation, financing, and delivery across countries. These wide-ranging essays cover policy debates and reforms
in Canada, Germany, Holland, the United Kingdom, and the United States, as well as separate treatments of some of
the most prominent issues confronting policy makers. These include primary care, hospital care, long-term care, phar-
maceutical policy, and private health insurance. The authors are attentive throughout to the ways in which cross-nation-
al, comparative research may inform national policy debates not only under the Obama administration but across the
world.
T H E O D O R E R . M A R M O R is Professor Emeritus of Public Policy and

Political Science at Yale. R I C H A R D F R E E M A N teaches in the School
of Social and Political Science at the University of Edinburgh. K I E K E G . October Health/Public Policy
H . O K M A teaches health care policy and politics at NYU’s Wagner 368 pp. 5 b/w illus. 6 1/8 x 9 1/4
School of Public Policy. paper orig. 978-0-300-14983-8 $55.00 tx
POLICING STALIN’S SOCIALISM ✦ The Yale-Hoover Series on Stalin,

Repression and Social Order in the Soviet Union, 1924–1953 Stalinism, and the Cold War
David R. Shearer
P olicing Stalin’s Socialism is one of the first books to emphasize the importance of social-order repression by
Stalin’s Soviet regime in contrast to the traditional emphasis of historians on political repression. Based on exten-
sive examination of new archival materials, David Shearer finds that most repression during the Stalinist dictatorship
of the 1930s was against marginal social groups such as petty criminals, deviant youth, sectarians, and the unemployed
and unproductive.
It was because Soviet leaders regarded social disorder as more of a danger to the state than political opposition that
they instituted a new form of class war to defend themselves against this perceived threat. Despite the combined work
of the political and civil police the efforts to cleanse society failed; this failure set the stage for the massive purges that
decimated the country in the late 1930s.
October History/Soviet History
D AV I D S H E A R E R is Associate Professor of History at the University 512 pp. 17 b/w illus. 6 1/8 x 9 1/4
of Delaware. paper orig. 978-0-300-14925-8 $55.00tx
136
Academic
THE ITALIAN INQUISITION
Christopher F. Black
T he Italian Inquisition, or Holy Office, was established in 1542, stimulated partly by the earlier Spanish operation.
Certainly Spain’s “black legend” affected opinions of the Inquisition in Italy, but as this pioneering book shows,
there were significant differences between their operations, targets, and casualties.
In this pioneering history of the Italian Inquisition, Christopher F. Black charts how it developed and changed over time.
He maps its cumbersome means of command, supervision, and action, as well as its role as a surprisingly approach-
able regulatory body working within communities. Ranging right across the Italian panorama, and rooting his enquiry
in striking individual cases, Black uncovers Inquisitional procedure from denunciation to punishment. This scrupulous
and richly rewarding book shows how the Inquisition shaped Italy’s religious and social worlds.
C H R I S T O P H E R B L A C K is professor of history at the University of Glasgow. November History

His previous books include Early Modern Italy: A Social History and Church, 336 pp. 16 b/w illus. 6 1/8 x 9 1/4
Religion and Society in Early Modern Italy. 978-0-300-11706-6 $55.00tx
CONSERVATION BIOLOGY OF HAWAIIAN FOREST BIRDS

Implications for Island Avifauna
Edited by Thane K. Pratt, Carter T. Atkinson, Paul C. Banko, James D. Jacobi, and
Bethany L. Woodworth
H awaii’s forest bird community is the most insular and most endangered in the world and serves as a case study
for threatened species globally. Ten have disappeared in the past thirty years, nine are critically endangered, and
even common species are currently in decline. Thane K. Pratt, his coeditors, and collaborators describe the research
and conservation efforts to save Hawaii’s forest birds; offer the most comprehensive look at the reasons for these extinc-
tions and attempts to overcome them in the future; and cover trends in bird populations, factors limiting population
size, avian diseases, predators, and competing alien bird species. Color plates by award-winning local photographer Jack
Jeffrey illustrate all living species discussed or described.
T H A N E K . P R AT T, C A R T E R T. AT K I N S O N , PA U L C .
B A N K O , and J A M E S D . J A C O B I are all at the U.S. Geological
Survey, Pacific Island Ecosystem Research Center. B E T H A N Y November Nature
W O O D W O R T H is an instructor of Environmental Studies at the 640 pp. 97 b/w + 32 color illus. 7 x 10
University of New England.
NOTES FROM THE GROUND ✦ Yale Agrarian Studies Series

Science, Soil, and Society in the American Countryside
Benjamin R. Cohen
N otes from the Ground examines the cultural conditions that brought agriculture and science together in nine-
teenth-century America. Integrating the history of science, environmental history, and science studies, the book
shows how and why agrarian Americans—yeoman farmers, gentleman planters, politicians, and policy makers alike—
accepted, resisted, and shaped scientific ways of knowing the land. By detailing the changing perceptions of soil treat-
ment, Benjamin Cohen shows that the credibility of new soil practices grew not from the arrival of professional
chemists, but out of an existing ideology of work, knowledge, and citizenship.
“Notes from the Ground, by explaining how new technologies were evaluated and accepted in practice,
transforms our understanding of antebellum Southern agriculture.”
—David E. Nye, author of America as Second Creation November Agricultural Studies/
History of Science
B E N J A M I N R . C O H E N is Assistant Professor of Science, Technology, 288 pp. 29 b/w illus. 6 1/8 x 9 1/4
and Society at the University of Virginia. He lives in Palmyra, VA. 978-0-300-13923-5 $55.00tx
137
Academic
BEDOUIN LAW FROM SINAI AND THE NEGEV
Justice without Government
Clinton Bailey
B edouin Law from Sinai and the Negev is the first comprehensive study of Bedouin law published in English, includ-
ing oral, pre-modern law. The material for the book, collected over the course of forty years of field work by Clinton
Bailey, one of the world’s leading scholars on Bedouin culture, is of permanent scholarly value.
Bailey shows how a nomadic desert-dwelling society provides for its own law and order in the traditional absence of
any centralized authority or law enforcement agency to protect it. This comprehensive picture of Bedouin law offers
readers a unique opportunity to understand Bedouin law by highlighting the close connection between the law and the
culture from which it emerged.
“Bailey’s book is not only original, but extremely important, as it broadens the range of literature available
on the Bedouin.”—Benjamin Saidel, East Carolina University
C L I N T O N B A I L E Y is a research fellow on Bedouin culture at Trinity November Law/Anthropology

College, Hartford. He is the author of A Culture of Desert Survival: 384 pp. 6 b/w illus. 6 1/8 x 9 1/4
Bedouin Proverbs from Sinai and the Negev. 978-0-300-15324-8 $70.00tx
LAND REFORM IN RUSSIA ✦ Yale Agrarian Studies Series

Institutional Design and Behavioral Responses
Stephen K. Wegren
T his ambitious work is the definitive account of Russia’s land reform initiatives from the late 1980s to today. In
Russia, a country controlling more land than any other nation, land ownership is central to structures of power,
class division, and agricultural production.
The aim of Russian land reform for the past thirty years—to undo the collectivization of the Soviet era and encourage
public ownership—has been largely unsuccessful. To understand this failure, Stephen Wegren examines contemporary
land reform policies in terms of legislation, institutional structure, and human behavior. Using extensive survey data, he
analyzes household behaviors in regard to land ownership and usage based on socioeconomic status, family size, demo-
graphic distribution, and regional differences. Wegren’s study is important and timely, as Russian land reform will have
a profound effect on Russia’s ability to compete in an era of globalization.
November Agricultural Studies
352 pp. 6 1/8 x 9 1/4
S T E P H E N W E G R E N is professor of political science and director of Inter- paper orig. 978-0-300-15097-1
national and Area Studies at Southern Methodist University. He lives in Dallas, TX. $55.00tx
THE CULTURE OF NATURE IN BRITAIN, 1680–1860

P. M. Harman
T his wide-ranging book investigates the emergence of modern ideas about the natural world in Britain from 1680–
1860 through an examination of the cultural values common to the sciences, art, literature, and natural theology.
During this critical period, spanned by Newtonian science, natural theology, Darwin’s Origin of Species, and Ruskin’s
Modern Painters, the fundamental conception of nature and humanity’s place within it changed.
P. M. Harman calls for a new understanding of the varied ways in which the British comprehended natural beauty, from
the perception of nature as a “design” flowing from God’s creative power to the Darwinian naturalistic aesthetic.
Harman connects a variety of differing views of nature deriving from religion, science, visual art, philosophy, and liter-
ature to developments in agriculture, manufacturing, and the daily lives of individuals. This ambitious and accessible
book represents intellectual history at its best.
December History/History of Science

P. M . H A R M A N is Professor Emeritus of the history of science at 352 pp. 17 b/w illus. 6 1/8 x 9 1/4
Lancaster University. 978-0-300-15197-8 $65.00tx
138
Academic
THE FREDERICK DOUGLASS PAPERS ✦ The Frederick Douglass Papers Series
Series 3: Correspondence, Volume 1: 1842–1852
Frederick Douglass
Edited by John R. McKivigan
T his volume of The Frederick Douglass Papers represents the first of a four-volume series of the selected corre-
spondence of the great American abolitionist and reformer. Douglass’s correspondence was richly varied, from rel-
atively obscure slaveholders and fugitive slaves to poets and politicians, including Horace Greeley, William H. Seward,
Susan B. Anthony, and Henry Wadsworth Longfellow.
The letters acquaint us with Douglass’s many roles—politician, abolitionist, diplomat, runaway slave, women’s rights
advocate, and family man—and include many previously unpublished letters between Douglass and members of his
family. Douglass stood at the epicenter of the political, social, intellectual, and cultural issues of antebellum America.
This collection of Douglass’s early correspondence illuminates not only his growth as an activist and writer, but the larg-
er world of the times and the abolition movement as well.
December Editions/History
J O H N R . M C K I V I G A N is Mary O’Brien Gibson Professor of History at 696 pp. 10 b/w photos 6 1/8 x 9 1/4
Indiana University–Purdue University, Indianapolis. 978-0-300-13560-2 $125.00tx
LYRIC POETRY AND MODERN POLITICS

Russia, Poland, and the West
Clare Cavanagh
L yric Poetry and Modern Politics explores the intersection of poetry, national life, and national identity in Poland and
Russia, from 1917 to the present. As a corrective to recent trends in criticism, acclaimed translator and critic Clare
Cavanagh demonstrates how the practice of the personal lyric in totalitarian states such as Russia and Poland did not
represent an escapist tendency; rather it reverberated as a bold political statement and at times a dangerous act.
Cavanagh also provides a comparative study of modern poetry from the perspective of the eastern and western sides
of the Iron Curtain. Among the poets discussed are Blok, Mayakovsky, Akhmatova, Yeats, Whitman, Frost, Szymborska,
Zagajewski, and Milosz; close readings of individual poems are included, some translated for the first time. The author
examines these poets and their work as a challenge to Western postmodernist theories, thus offering new perspectives
on twentieth-century lyric poetry.
C L A R E C AVA N A G H is associate professor and Herman and Beulah December Poetry/History

Pearce Miller Research Professor in Literature in the Department of Slavic 320 pp. 6 1/8 x 9 1/4
Languages and Literatures at Northwestern University. paper orig. 978-0-300-15296-8 $45.00tx
CONSTITUTIONAL COURTS AND DEMOCRATIC VALUES

A European Perspective
Víctor Ferreres Comella
I n this book, Víctor Ferreres Comella contrasts the European “centralized” constitutional court model, in which one
court system is used to adjudicate constitutional questions, with a decentralized model, such as that of the United
States, in which courts deal with both constitutional and nonconstitutional questions. Comella’s systematic exploration
of the reasons for and against the creation of constitutional courts is rich in detail and offers an ambitious theory to jus-
tify the European preference for them. Based on extensive research on eighteen European countries, Comella finds that
centralized review fits well with the civil law tradition and structures of ordinary adjudication in those countries. Comella
concludes that—while the decentralized model works for the United States—there is more than one way to preserve
democratic values and that these values are best preserved in the parliamentary democracies of Europe through con-
stitutional courts.
December Law
V Í C T O R F E R R E R E S C O M E L L A is professor of Constitutional Law at 288 pp. 6 1/8 x 9 1/4
Pompeu Fabra University (Barcelona). He is currently teaching at the Spanish paper orig. 978-0-300-14867-1
Escuela Judicial (Judicial School), where young judges are trained. $45.00tx
139
Academic
ORDERING THE CITY
Nicole Stelle Garnett
T his timely and important book highlights the multiple, often overlooked, and frequently misunderstood connec-
tions between land use and development policies and policing practices. In order to do so, the book draws upon
multiple literatures—especially law, history, economics, sociology, and psychology—as well as concrete case studies to
better explore how these policy arenas, generally treated as completely unrelated, intersect and conflict.
Nicole Stelle Garnett identifies different types of urban “disorder,” some that may be precursors to serious crime and
social deviancy, others that may be benign or even contribute positively to urban vitality. The book’s unique approach—
to analyze city policies through the lens of order and disorder—provides a clearer understanding, generally, of how
cities work (and why they sometimes do not), and specifically, of what disorder is and how it affects city life.
December Urban Studies/Sociology

N I C O L E S T E L L E G A R N E T T is a professor at the University of 256 pp. 9 b/w illus. 6 1/8 x 9 1/4
Notre Dame Law School. paper orig. 978-0-300-12494-1 $45.00tx
“MATTER OF GLORIOUS TRIAL”

Spiritual and Material Substance in Paradise Lost
N. K. Sugimura
T his groundbreaking book, the first to examine Milton’s thinking about matter and substance throughout his
entire poetic career, seeks to alter the prevailing critical view that Milton was a monist-materialist—one who
believes that all things are composed of material and all phenomena (including consciousness) are the result of
material interactions.
Based on her close study of the philosophical movements of Milton’s mind, Sugimura discovers the “fluid intermedi-
aries” in his poetry that are neither strictly material nor immaterial. In doing so, Sugimura uses Paradise Lost as a fas-
cinating window into the intersection of literature and philosophy, and of literary studies and intellectual history.
Sugimura finds that Milton displays a tense and ambiguous relationship with the idealistic dualism of Plato and the
materialism of Aristotle and she argues for a more nuanced interpretation of Milton’s metaphysics.
December Literary Studies

N . K . S U G I M U R A is Research Fellow in English, Gonville and Caius 352 pp. 6 1/8 x 9 1/4
College, University of Cambridge. paper orig. 978-0-300-13559-6 $55.00tx
PROPERTY OUTLAWS
Eduardo Moisés Peñalver and Sonia K. Katyal
P roperty Outlaws puts forth the intriguingly counterintuitive proposition that, in the case of both tangible and intel-
lectual property law, disobedience can often lead to an improvement in legal regulation. The authors argue that
in property law there is a tension between the competing demands of stability and dynamism, but its tendency is to
become static and fall out of step with the needs of society.
The authors employ wide-ranging examples of the behaviors of “property outlaws”—the trespasser, squatter, pirate, or
file-sharer—to show how specific behaviors have induced legal innovation. They also delineate the similarities between
the actions of property outlaws in the spheres of tangible and intellectual property. An important conclusion of the book
is that a dynamic between the activities of “property outlaws” and legal innovation should be cultivated in order to
maintain this avenue of legal reform.
E D U A R D O M O I S É S P E Ñ A LV E R is a professor at the Cornell Law February Law

School. S O N I A K . K AT YA L is a professor of law at Fordham Law 288 pp. 6 1/8 x 9 1/4
School. paper orig. 978-0-300-12295-4 $45.00tx
140
Academic
1688, Pincus ....................................................................64 Cartoons That Shook the World, The, Klausen ....................113
Abed, An Introduction to Contemporary Spoken Arabic ......131 Cash and Ormond, Sargent and the Sea ................................9
Abulafia, The Discovery of Mankind ..................................118 Cavanagh, Lyric Poetry and Modern Politics........................139
Accademia Seminars, The, Lukehart ....................................46 Celstina, de Rojas ..............................................................68
Action/Abstraction, Kleeblatt ..............................................51 Cézanne and American Modernism, Stavitsky and Rothkopf ..11
Adventures in Modern Art, Shoemaker ................................33 Chaotic Harmony, Tucker and Sinsheimer ............................14
Aghion, A Sketchbook of Pietro Santi Bartoli ........................38 Charles Dickens, Slater ......................................................83
Albers, Interaction of Color ................................................23 Children of the Gulag, Frierson and Vilensky ......................113
Albersmeier, Heroes ..........................................................18 Chosen Will Become Herds, The, Garb ..............................133
Ali, Treasures of the Earth ..................................................76 Christensen, Nahum ........................................................106
Alias Man Ray, Klein ..........................................................21 Church, Society, and Religious Change in France,
Alice Guy Blaché, Simon ....................................................44 1580–1730, Bergin ..................................................133
All Can Be Saved, Schwartz ............................................128 Civil Society and Empire, Livesey ......................................134
American Beauty, Mears ....................................................19 Closer Look: Faces, A, Sturgis ............................................42
American Far West in the Twentieth Century, The, Pomeroy ..128 Closer Look: Saints, A, Langmuir ........................................42
American Modernism at the Art Institute of Chicago, Barter ....45 Cohen, Household Gods ..................................................128
American Portrait Miniatures in The Metropolitan Museum of Art, Cohen, Notes from the Ground..........................................137
Barratt and Zabar..........................................................50 Cole, Lived in London ........................................................34
American Quilts and Coverlets in Comella, Constitutional Courts and Democratic Values ........139
The Metropolitan Museum of Art, Peck ..............................6 Comparative Studies and the Politics of Modern Medical Care,
American Stories, Weinberg and Barratt ..............................17 Marmor et al. ............................................................136
Among the Gentiles, Johnson ..............................................90 Conservation Biology of Hawaiian Forest Birds, Pratt et al. ..137
Anderson, Sin....................................................................69 Constitutional Courts and Democratic Values, Comella ........139
Andy Warhol, Danto ....................................................30, 73 Corbett, Boyhoods..............................................................65
Anti-Enlightenment Tradition, The, Sternhell ........................114 Corot to Monet, Herring and Mazzotta ................................35
Apostles of Beauty, Barter ..................................................26 Cox, The Big House............................................................84
Architecture on the Edge of Postmodernism, Stern..................28 Crookham, A Short History of the National Gallery ..............48
Arshile Gorky, Taylor ..........................................................15 Cross and Markonish, Sol Lewitt ............................................1
Art of Not Being Governed, The, Scott ................................67 Cullen, Nexus New York ....................................................16
Art of the Samurai, Ogawa ................................................24 Culture of Nature in Britain, 1680–1860, The, Harman ......138
Arts of Africa at the Dallas Museum of Art, The, Walker ........49 Cumings, Dominion from Sea to Sea ....................................87
Arts of Intimacy, The, Dodds et al. ....................................121 Cuno et al., The Modern Wing ..............................................2
At Home in the Law, Suk ..................................................107 Czechoslovakia, Heimann ................................................111
Attridge, The Religion and Science Debate ..........................60 Czeslay Milosz and Joseph Brodsky, Gross ........................112
Auto Mania, McCarthy ....................................................125 Danto, Andy Warhol ....................................................30, 73
Baetjer, British Paintings in The Metropolitan Museum of Art, Davis, The Photographs of Homer Page..................................1
1575–1875 ................................................................46 Dazzled and Deceived, Forbes............................................86
Baetjer, Watteau, Music, and Theater ..................................18 de Rojas, Celestina ............................................................68
Bagel, The, Balinska ........................................................118 Deadly Dinner Party, The, Edlow..........................................62
Baghdad at Sunrise, Mansoor ..........................................120 Death of the Shtetl, The, Bauer ..........................................111
Bailey, Bedouin Law from Sinai and the Negev ..................138 Decoded Messages, Sung ..................................................41
Balinska, The Bagel..........................................................118 Degas in the Norton Simon Museum, Campbell et al. ............34
Bambach et al., The Drawings of Bronzino ..........................30 DeLay, War of a Thousand Deserts ....................................128
Barratt and Zabar, American Portrait Miniatures in Di Nepi, Duccio to Leonardo ..............................................43
The Metropolitan Museum of Art ....................................50 Discovery of Mankind, The, Abulafia ................................118
Barter, American Modernism at the Art Institute of Chicago....45 Dodds et al., The Arts of Intimacy ......................................121
Barter, Apostles of Beauty ..................................................26 Dominion from Sea to Sea, Cumings....................................87
Bauer, The Death of the Shtetl ..........................................111 Donoghue, On Eloquence ................................................130
Baumol et al., Good Capitalism, Bad Capitalism, Douglass, The Frederick Douglass Papers ..........................139
and the Economics of Growth and Prosperity ................121 Drawings of Bronzino, The, Bambach et al. ..........................30
Bedouin Law from Sinai and the Negev, Bailey ..................138 Duccio to Leonardo, Di Nepi ..............................................43
Beehler, Lost Worlds ........................................................116 Duchamp, Manual of Instructions ..........................................5
Begley, Why the Dreyfus Affair Matters ................................56 Duffy, Fires of Faith......................................................58, 59
Behind Closed Doors, Vickery ..........................................110 Dutch New York, Between East and West, Krohn and Miller ..36
Belasco, Reinventing Ritual ..................................................10 Earle, Serizawa ................................................................14
Bennett Jones, Pakistan ....................................................122 Edlow, The Deadly Dinner Party ..........................................62
Bennison, The Great Caliphs ..............................................70 Edward II, Phillips ............................................................100
Bergelson, The End of Everything ........................................94 Edwards, The Works of Jonathan Edwards..........................132
Bergin, Church, Society, and Religious Change in France, Ehrenfeld, Sustainability by Design ....................................116
1580–1730 ..............................................................133 El Greco to Goya, Carr ......................................................47
Best Technology Writing 2009, The, Johnson ........................82 Elephants on the Edge, Bradshaw..................................74, 75
Big House, The, Cox ..........................................................84 Elizabethan Architecture, Girouard ........................................4
Bilbao-Henry, Transición ..................................................131 End of Everything, The, Bergelson........................................94
Biographical Dictionary of Sculptors in Britain, 1660–1851, A, Engelking and Leociak, The Warsaw Ghetto ..........................1
Roscoe ........................................................................52 Enlightened Economy, The, Mokyr......................................108
Black, The Italian Inquisition ..............................................137 Epstein, Fred Astaire ........................................................119
Blair and Bloom, Rivers of Paradise......................................38 Estlund, Reviving Self-Governance in the Workplace ............114
Bockstoce, Furs and Frontiers in the Far North ....................103 Eva Hesse, Fer ....................................................................7
Book of Mormon, The, Skousen ..........................................61 Faye, Heidegger ................................................................98
Bourgeois Frontier, The, Gitlin ..........................................112 Fellman, In the Name of God and Country ..........................96
Boyhoods, Corbett ............................................................65 Fennell, The Unbounded Home..........................................135
Boyle, Hunter ..................................................................107 Fer, Eva Hesse ....................................................................7
Boyle, The Public Domain ................................................123 Fires of Faith, Duffy ......................................................58, 59
Bradshaw, Elephants on the Edge..................................74, 75 Fitzhugh et al., Gifts from the Ancestors................................39
Bray et al., The Sacred Made Real ......................................25 Forbes, Dazzled and Deceived ............................................86
Brettell and Dickerson, From the Private Collections of Texas ..50 Forgive Us Our Debts, Yarrow ..........................................130
Brick and Clay Building in Britain, Brunskill ..........................52 Foster and Sirmans, Steve Wolfe on Paper............................16
British Paintings in The Metropolitan Museum of Art, Fred Astaire, Epstein ........................................................119
1575–1875, Baetjer ....................................................46 Frederick Douglass Papers, The, Douglass ..........................139
Brittle Thread of Life, The, Williams ....................................102 Freeman, A New History of Early Christianity ......................77
Brown Price, Pierre Puvis de Chevannes ................................2 Friendship and Loss in the Victorian Portrait, Warner ..............2
Brunskill, Brick and Clay Building in Britain ..........................52 Frierson and Vilensky, Children of the Gulag ......................113
Campbell et al., Degas in the Norton Simon Museum ............34 From the Private Collections of Texas, Brettell and Dickerson ..50
Carmichael, Genocide Before the Holocaust........................102 Furs and Frontiers in the Far North, Bockstoce ....................103
Carr, El Greco to Goya ......................................................47 Futurism, Rainey ..............................................................105
141
Index
Garb, The Chosen Will Become Herds ..............................133 Kleeblatt, Action/Abstraction ..............................................51
Garnett, Ordering the City ................................................140 Klein, Alias Man Ray..........................................................21
Gates of Hell, The, Lambert ................................................72 Klonk, Spaces of Experience ..............................................45
Gelernter, Judaism ............................................................95 Konstantin Grcic, Ryan ......................................................28
Genocide Before the Holocaust, Carmichael ......................102 Krohn and Miller, Dutch New York, Between East and West ..36
Genteel Tradition in American Philosophy and Character Laird and Weisberg-Roberts, Mrs. Delany and Her Circle ......12
and Opinion in the United States, The, Santayana ........109 Lambert, The Gates of Hell ................................................72
Georgia O’Keeffe, Haskell ....................................................8 Land Reform in Russia, Wegren ........................................138
Gerassi, Talking with Sartre ................................................91 Lang, Joseph in Egypt ......................................................108
Gifts from the Ancestors, Fitzhugh et al.................................39 Langmuir, A Closer Look: Saints ..........................................42
Giovanni Boldini in Impressionist Paris, Lees et al. ................48 Leach and Pevsner, Yorkshire, West Riding ..........................52
Girouard, Elizabethan Architecture ........................................4 Learning Chinese, Wheatley ............................................131
Gitlin, The Bourgeois Frontier ............................................112 Learning to Teach Through Discussion, Haroutunian-Gordon 106
Golan, Muralnomad ..........................................................36 Ledbetter, Unaccompanied Bach........................................107
Goldberger, Why Architecture Matters ..........................30, 85 Lees et al., Giovanni Boldini in Impressionist Paris ................48
Good Capitalism, Bad Capitalism, and the Economics of Growth Leonardo da Vinci and the Art of Sculpture, Radke ................13
and Prosperity, Baumol et al. ......................................121 Levine, Modern Architecture ................................................29
Great Awakening, The, Kidd ............................................125 Life Explained, Morange ..................................................123
Great Caliphs, The, Bennison ..............................................70 Lived in London, Cole ........................................................34
Green Intelligence, Wargo ..................................................63 Livesey, Civil Society and Empire ......................................134
Greiner, War Without Fronts ..............................................71 Lochnan and Jacobi, Holman Hunt and the
Grenadine, Wechsler ......................................................109 Pre-Raphaelite Vision ......................................................1
Gross, Czeslaw Milosz and Joseph Brodsky........................112 Lost Worlds, Beehler ........................................................116
Gwynedd, Haslam et al. ....................................................52 Luchs, Tullio Lombardo and Venetian High Renaissance
Hagège, On the Death and Life of Languages ......................70 Sculpture ....................................................................33
Hancock, Oceans of Wine ................................................103 Luis Meléndez, Hirschauer and Metzger ................................1
Hanging Fire, Hashmi ........................................................12 Lukehart, The Accademia Seminars ....................................46
Hanging of Thomas Jeremiah, The, Harris ............................79 Lyric Poetry and Modern Politics, Cavanagh ......................139
Harman and Dietrich, Rebels, Mavericks, and Heretics Mahler, The Jaguar’s Shadow ............................................66
in Biology ..................................................................125 Maine Woods, The, Thoreau ..............................................97
Harman, The Culture of Nature in Britain, 1680–1860 ........138 Making of Americans, The, Hirsch ................................54, 55
Haroutunian-Gordon, Learning to Teach Through Discussion 106 Mansoor, Baghdad at Sunrise ..........................................120
Harris, The Hanging of Thomas Jeremiah..............................79 Manual of Instructions, Duchamp ..........................................5
Harrison, An Introduction to Art ..........................................22 Marcel Duchamp, Taylor ......................................................5
Harrison, Since 1950 ........................................................32 Marmor et al., Comparative Studies and the Politics
Hashmi, Hanging Fire ........................................................12 of Modern Medical Care ............................................136
Haskell, Georgia O’Keeffe....................................................8 Mason, Kantha ..................................................................50
Haslam et al., Gwynedd ....................................................52 Master and His Emissary, The, Gilchrist ................................88
Haycock, Mortal Coil ......................................................127 Mather, Pashas ..................................................................89
Heidegger, Faye ................................................................98 Matlock, Superpower Illusions ............................................99
Heimann, Czechoslovakia ................................................111 “Matter of Glorious Trial,” Sugimura ..................................140
Herf, Nazi Propaganda for the Arab World ........................92 McCarthy, Auto Mania ....................................................125
Heroes, Albersmeier ..........................................................18 McCombie, Newcastle and Gateshead ................................52
Herring and Mazzotta, Corot to Monet ................................35 McGilchrist, The Master and His Emissary ............................88
Hirsch, The Making of Americans ..................................54, 55 Mears, American Beauty ....................................................19
Hirschauer and Metzger, Luis Meléndez ................................1 Mikics, Who Was Jacques Derrida? ..................................104
Holman Hunt and the Pre-Raphaelite Vision, Misra, Vishnu’s Crowded Temple ......................................127
Lochnan and Jacobi ........................................................1 Modern Architecture, Levine ................................................29
Horace Walpole’s Strawberry Hill, Snodin............................40 Modern Eye, The, Wilson ..................................................40
Houghton et al., Philippe de Montebello and Modern Wing, The, Cuno et al. ............................................2
The Metropolitan Museum of Art, 1977–2008 ................39 Mokyr, The Enlightened Economy ......................................108
Household Gods, Cohen ..................................................128 Montesquieu and the Logic of Liberty, Rahe ........................114
Humans, Nature, and Birds, Wheye and Kennedy ..............130 Morange, Life Explained ..................................................123
Hunter, Boyle ..................................................................107 Morgan, Sonidos en Contexto ..........................................131
Ideology and Inquisition, Nesvig........................................135 Mortal Coil, Haycock ......................................................127
Illusions of Entrepreneurship, The, Shane ............................123 Moyar, A Question of Command ........................................78
In the Name of God and Country, Fellman ..........................96 Mozart’s Third Brain, Sonnevi..............................................80
India, Rothermund ............................................................127 Mrs. Delany and Her Circle, Laird and Weisberg-Roberts ......12
Ingres, Siegfried ................................................................44 Muralnomad, Golan ..........................................................36
Interaction of Color, Albers ................................................23 Murase, Through the Seasons................................................2
Introduction to Art, An, Harrison ..........................................22 Nahum, Christensen ........................................................106
Introduction to Contemporary Spoken Arabic, An, Abed ......131 National Gallery Technical Bulletin, Roy ..............................38
Invention of Scotland, The, Trevor-Roper ............................118 Natural Reflections, Smith ................................................109
Italian Inquisition, The, Black ............................................137 Nazi Propaganda for the Arab World, Herf ........................92
Jaguar’s Shadow, The, Mahler ............................................66 Nesvig, Ideology and Inquisition........................................135
Jews in Ukrainian Literature, Shkandrij ..............................134 New History of Early Christianity, A, Freeman ......................77
Joaquín Torres-García, Ramírez et al. ..................................41 Newcastle and Gateshead, McCombie ................................52
John Gutmann, Stein ............................................................2 Nexus New York, Cullen ....................................................16
Johnson and Schehr, Yale French Studies, Nobility of Spirit, Riemen ..................................................120
Number 116/117......................................................134 Notes from the Ground, Cohen ........................................137
Johnson, Among the Gentiles ..............................................90 Oceans of Wine, Hancock................................................103
Johnson, The Best Technology Writing 2009 ........................82 Ogawa, Art of the Samurai ................................................24
Johnson, The Works of Samuel Johnson..............................136 Olson and van Bever, Stall Points ......................................116
Joseph in Egypt, Lang ......................................................108 On Eloquence, Donoghue ................................................130
Judah, The Serbs ............................................................129 On the Death and Life of Languages, Hagège ......................70
Judaism, Gelernter ............................................................95 One Nation under Contract, Stanger ..................................81
Kantha, Mason ..................................................................50 Ordering the City, Garnett ................................................140
Kasl et al., Sacred Spain ....................................................43 Pakistan, Bennett Jones ....................................................122
Katouzian, The Persians ....................................................110 Paradoxical Life, Wagner ..................................................57
Kelly, The Society of Dilettanti ............................................34 Parshall, The Woodcut in Fifteenth-Century Europe ................35
Kidd, The Great Awakening ..............................................125 Pashas, Mather..................................................................89
Kienholz, Wiggins and de Wildt ........................................47 Pearl, The, Smith ..............................................................125
King’s Dream, Sundquist ..................................................117 Peck, American Quilts and Coverlets in
Kingdom of Infinite Space, The, Tallis ................................118 The Metropolitan Museum of Art ......................................6
Klausen, The Cartoons That Shook the World......................113 Peñalver and Katyal, Property Outlaws ..............................140
142
Index
Persians, The, Katouzian ..................................................110 Stern, Architecture on the Edge of Postmodernism..................28
Petherbridge, The Primacy of Drawing ................................37 Sternhell, The Anti-Enlightenment Tradition ..........................114
Philippe de Montebello and The Metropolitan Museum of Art, Steve Wolfe on Paper, Foster and Sirmans ............................16
1977–2008, Houghton et al. ........................................39 Stewart, The Town House in Georgian London ......................32
Phillips, Edward II ............................................................100 Sturgis, A Closer Look: Faces ..............................................42
Photographs of Homer Page, The, Davis ................................1 Sugimura, “Matter of Glorious Trial” ..................................140
Pierre and Maria-Gaetana Matisse Collection in The Metropolitan Suicidal Behavior in Children and Adolescents, Wagner ......133
Museum of Art, The, Rewald and Dabrowski ..................49 Suk, At Home in the Law ..................................................107
Pierre Puvis de Chevannes, Brown Price ......................................2 Sundquist, King’s Dream ..................................................117
Pincus, 1688 ....................................................................64 Sung, Decoded Messages ..................................................41
Playing with Pictures, Siegel ................................................27 Superpower Illusions, Matlock ............................................99
Policing Stalin’s Socialism, Shearer ....................................136 Sustainability by Design, Ehrenfeld ....................................116
Pomeroy, The American Far West in the Twentieth Century ..128 Taliban, Rashid ................................................................122
Portrait of the Brain, A, Zeman ..........................................116 Talking with Sartre, Gerassi ................................................91
Pratt et al., Conservation Biology of Hawaiian Forest Birds ..137 Tallis, The Kingdom of Infinite Space ..................................118
Preserving Nature in the National Parks, Sellars ..................126 Tanner, The Raven King ....................................................123
Primacy of Drawing, The, Petherbridge ................................37 Taylor, Arshile Gorky..........................................................15
Prison and the American Imagination, The, Smith ................135 Taylor, Marcel Duchamp ......................................................5
Property Outlaws, Peñalver and Katyal ..............................140 Taylor, The Virgin Warrior ..................................................93
Public Domain, The, Boyle ................................................123 Theban Plays of Sophocles, The, Slavitt ..............................127
Question of Command, A, Moyar........................................78 Thoreau, The Maine Woods ................................................97
Radke, Leonardo da Vinci and the Art of Sculpture................13 Through the Seasons, Murase................................................2
Rahe, Montesquieu and the Logic of Liberty ........................114 Town House in Georgian London, The, Stewart ....................32
Rainey, Futurism ..............................................................105 Transición, Bilbao-Henry ..................................................131
Ramírez et al., Joaquín Torres-García ..................................41 Treasures of the Earth, Ali ..................................................76
Rapaport, The Sculpture of Louise Nevelson..........................51 Trevor-Roper, The Invention of Scotland ..............................118
Rashid, Taliban ................................................................122 TRIPLEX, West and Tsarev..................................................105
Raven King, The, Tanner ..................................................123 Tucker and Sinsheimer, Chaotic Harmony ............................14
Rebels, Mavericks, and Heretics in Biology, Tullio Lombardo and Venetian High Renaissance Sculpture,
Harman and Dietrich ..................................................125 Luchs ..........................................................................33
Reinventing Ritual, Belasco ..................................................10 Ukrainians, The, Wilson....................................................126
Religion and Science Debate, The, Attridge ..........................60 Unaccompanied Bach, Ledbetter........................................107
Reviving Self-Governance in the Workplace, Estlund ............114 Unbounded Home, The, Fennell ........................................135
Rewald and Dabrowski, The Pierre and Maria-Gaetana Matisse Unpacking My Library, Steffens ..........................................20
Collection in The Metropolitan Museum of Art ................49 Vickery, Behind Closed Doors ..........................................110
Riemen, Nobility of Spirit ..................................................120 Virgin Warrior, The, Taylor..................................................93
Rivers of Paradise, Blair and Bloom ....................................38 Vishnu’s Crowded Temple, Misra ......................................127
Robert Indiana and the Star of Hope, Wagner, Paradoxical Life....................................................57
Wilmerding and Komanecky............................................6 Wagner, Suicidal Behavior in Children and Adolescents ......133
Roscoe, A Biographical Dictionary of Sculptors in Britain, Walker, The Arts of Africa at the Dallas Museum of Art..........49
1660–1851 ................................................................52 Walter Benjamin and Bertolt Brecht, Wizisla ......................104
Rothermund, India ..........................................................127 War of a Thousand Deserts, DeLay ....................................128
Roy, National Gallery Technical Bulletin ..............................38 War Without Fronts, Greiner ..............................................71
Ryan, Konstantin Grcic ......................................................28 Wargo, Green Intelligence ..................................................63
Sacred Made Real, The, Bray et al. ....................................25 Warner, Friendship and Loss in the Victorian Portrait ..............2
Sacred Spain, Kasl et al. ....................................................43 Warsaw Ghetto, The, Engelking and Leociak ..........................1
Santayana, The Genteel Tradition in American Philosophy Watteau, Music, and Theater, Baetjer ..................................18
and Character and Opinion in the United States............109 Wechsler, Grenadine........................................................109
Sargent and the Sea, Cash and Ormond................................9 Wegren, Land Reform in Russia ........................................138
Schwartz, All Can Be Saved ............................................128 Weinberg and Barratt, American Stories ..............................17
Scott, The Art of Not Being Governed ..................................67 Welch, Shopping in the Renaissance ....................................51
Sculpture of Louise Nevelson, The, Rapaport ........................51 West and Tsarev, TRIPLEX ..................................................105
Sellars, Preserving Nature in the National Parks ..................126 Wexler, The Woman Who Walked into the Sea ..................130
Serbs, The, Judah ............................................................129 Whatever Happened to Thrift?, Wilcox ..................................1
Serizawa, Earle ................................................................14 Wheatley, Learning Chinese..............................................131
Shane, The Illusions of Entrepreneurship ............................123 Wheye and Kennedy, Humans, Nature, and Birds ..............130
Shearer, Policing Stalin’s Socialism ....................................136 Who Was Jacques Derrida?, Mikics ..................................104
Shkandrij, Jews in Ukrainian Literature ..............................134 Why Architecture Matters, Goldberger ..........................30, 85
Shoemaker, Adventures in Modern Art ................................33 Why the Dreyfus Affair Matters, Begley ................................56
Shopping in the Renaissance, Welch....................................51 Wiggins and de Wildt, Kienholz ..........................................47
Short History of the National Gallery, A, Crookham ..............48 Wilcox, Whatever Happened to Thrift? ..................................1
Siegel, Playing with Pictures ................................................27 Williams, The Brittle Thread of Life ....................................102
Siegfried, Ingres ................................................................44 Willie Doherty: Requisite Distance, Wylie ..............................7
Sigmar Polke, Wylie ..........................................................10 Wilmerding and Komanecky, Robert Indiana
Simon, Alice Guy Blaché ....................................................44 and the Star of Hope ......................................................6
Sin, Anderson....................................................................69 Wilson, The Modern Eye ....................................................40
Since 1950, Harrison ........................................................32 Wilson, The Ukrainians ....................................................126
Sketchbook of Pietro Santi Bartoli, A, Aghion........................38 Wizisla, Walter Benjamin and Bertolt Brecht ......................104
Skousen, The Book of Mormon ............................................61 Woman Who Walked into the Sea, The, Wexler ................130
Slater, Charles Dickens ......................................................83 Woodcut in Fifteenth-Century Europe, The, Parshall................35
Slavitt, The Theban Plays of Sophocles ..............................127 Works of Jonathan Edwards, The, Edwards ........................132
Smith, Natural Reflections ................................................109 Works of Samuel Johnson, The, Johnson ............................136
Smith, The Pearl ..............................................................125 Wylie, Sigmar Polke ..........................................................10
Smith, The Prison and the American Imagination ................135 Wylie, Willie Doherty: Requisite Distance ..............................7
Snodin, Horace Walpole’s Strawberry Hill ............................40 Yale French Studies, Number 116/117,
Society of Dilettanti, The, Kelly ............................................34 Johnson and Schehr....................................................134
Sol Lewitt, Cross and Markonish ............................................1 Yarrow, Forgive Us Our Debts ..........................................130
Sonidos en Contexto, Morgan ..........................................131 Yorkshire, West Riding, Leach and Pevsner ..........................52
Sonnevi, Mozart’s Third Brain..............................................80 Zeman, A Portrait of the Brain ..........................................116
Spaces of Experience, Klonk ..............................................45
Stall Points, Olson and van Bever ......................................116
Stanger, One Nation under Contract ..................................81
Stavitsky and Rothkopf, Cézanne and American Modernism ..11
Steffens, Unpacking My Library ..........................................20
Stein, John Gutmann ............................................................2
143
Index
ORDERING INFORMATION INTERNATIONAL SALES REPRESENTATION
DOMESTIC United Kingdom, Europe, Africa, and Asia
For orders and all customer service inquiries Yale University Press
please contact: 47 Bedford Square
London WC1B 3DP, England
Yale University Press, c/o TriLiteral, LLC
Telephone: 44-20-7079-4900
100 Maple Ridge Drive, Cumberland, RI 02864-1769
Fax: 44-20-7079-4901
Tel: USA & Canada: 1-800-405-1619
Fax: USA & Canada: 1-800-406-9145 Canada, Australia, and New Zealand
Email: [email protected] University Press Group, David Stimpson
Orders: [email protected] 164 Hillsdale Avenue, East
SAN 631-8126 Toronto M4S IT5 Ontario, Canada
Yale University Press is a member of PUBNET Telephone: 416-484-8296
Fax: 416-484-0602
PRICES AND DISCOUNTS E-mail: [email protected]
no mark Trade discount Canadian customers can send returns to:
sc Scholarly discount Yale University Press
tx Text discount c/o Georgetown Warehouse
34 Armstrong Avenue
All prices, discounts and publication dates are subject to
Georgetown L7G4R9, Ontario, Canada
change without notice.
Distribution for Australia and New Zealand
Booksellers may order all titles at regular discounts and
(non-exclusive)
terms that are published in the ABA handbook. Discount
Inbooks
schedules and return policies are available by contacting
3 Narabang Way
the Sales Department at:
Belrose, NSW 2085, Australia
phone (203) 432-0966 or fax (203) 432-8485. Telephone: 61-2-9986-7037
For bulk or premium sales, contact Larry Laconi at (203) Fax: 61-2-9986-7090
432-7350 or [email protected] Email: [email protected]
Individuals are urged to order through a bookseller. Latin America and Caribbean
US PubRep, Inc., Craig Falk
Libraries are urged to order through a wholesaler. 311 Dean Drive
They may also order directly. Rockville, MD 20851-1144
Telephone: 301-838-9276
Book review editors may fax requests for review copies to Fax: 301-838-9278
the Publicity Department at (203) 432-8485 or send E-mail: [email protected]
requests by email to [email protected] Website: uspubrep.com
Japan
For foreign and translation rights, contact Rockbook, Aikiko Iwamoto, Gilles Fauveau
Anne Bihan at [email protected] 2-3-25, 9FI, Kudanminami, Chiyoda-ku,
Tokyo, 102-0074, Japan
For all inquiries regarding sales representation in the U.S.: Telephone: 81-3-3264-0144
Jay Cosgrove, Sales Director, Yale University Press, Fax: 81-3-3264-0440
P.O. Box 209040, New Haven, CT, 06520-9040. E-mail: [email protected]
Tel: (203) 432-0968 Bookstores and libraries are also encouraged to order from
fax (203) 432-8485 United Publishers Services.
[email protected]
Taiwan
Catalogue design: Amy Elliott Andersen BK Norton, Meihua Sun, Chiafeng Peng
5F, 60 Roosevelt Rd. Sec. 4
Visit our website: yalebooks.com Taipei 100 Taiwan
Telephone 886-2-6623-0088
Yale University Press eBooks are available in a variety Fax: 886-2-6632-9772
of formats and on most major eBook platforms, usually E-mail: [email protected]
timed to publication of the print edition. To learn more
South Korea
contact our digital asset manager ID at:
ICK (Information & Culture Korea), Se-Yung Jun,
(615) 213-5400 or [email protected].
Min-Hwa Yoo, 473-19 Seokyo-dong, Mapo-ku
♦ Seoul, Korea 121-842
Telephone: 82-2-3141-4791
ISBN Prefix 978-0-300
Fax: 82-2-3141-7733
E-mail: [email protected]
144
Order Information
Donald and Munro Rishel and Sachs Moorhouse Rosenthal
Jacoby Haskell Rubin Reader
Endless Forms Cézanne and Beyond Gerhard Richter Portraits William Kentridge
Alger Hiss and the Battle Frankly My Dear Mother of God Potato
978-0-300-14826-8 978-0-300-14106-1 978-0-300-15159-6 978-0-300-15048-3
for History 978-0-300-11752-3 978-0-300-10500-1 978-0-300-14109-2
$75.00 $65.00 $60.00 $50.00
978-0-300-12133-9 $24.00 $35.00 $28.00
$24.00
Cowling Clarke Koda and Yohannan Eklund Hoffman

Allawi Morris Goldsworthy
Picasso Becoming Edvard Munch The Model as Muse The Pictures Generation, My Happiness Bears No
The Crisis of Islamic Civilization One State, Two States How Rome Fell
978-1-85709-452-7 978-0-300-11950-3 978-0-300-14893-0 1974–1984 Relation to Happiness
978-0-300-13931-0 978-0-300-12281-7 978-0-300-13719-4
$40.00 $50.00 $50.00 978-0-300-14892-3 978-0-300-14150-4
$27.50 $26.00 $32.50
$60.00 $27.50
Fried Sussman and Weski Steele and Mears Tingley Haynes and Klehr Bray Zipperstein Eagleton
Why Photography Matters as William Eggleston Isabel Toledo Arts of Ancient Viet Nam Spies Wetware Rosenfeld’s Live Reason, Faith, and Revolution
Art as Never Before 978-0-300-12621-1 978-0-300-14583-0 978-0-300-14696-7 978-0-300-12390-6 978-0-300-14173-3 978-0-300-12649-5 978-0-300-15179-4
978-0-300-13684-5 $65.00 $60.00 $60.00 $35.00 $28.00 $27.50 $25.00
$55.00
Recent Art Highlights Recent General Interest Highlights

Ya l e
Ta b le o f Co nt e nt s
Recently Published 1
Previously Announced 2
FA LL/ WI N T ER
Art T it le s
Art & Architecture—General Interest 3
Scholarly Art & Architecture Books of Interest to the General Trade 31
Art & Architecture Paperback Reprints 51
Academic Art & Architecture Books 52
Tra de T it le s
General Interest
53
101
UNIVERSITY PRESS
2009
General Interest—Paperback Reprints 115

Scholarly Books of Interest to the General Trade—Paperback Reprints 124
General Interest, Art and Architecture
Languages 131
Academic Books 132
Cover photograph: Dewey as Superman, Providence, RI, 1991

by Nan Goldin, courtesy Matthew Marks Gallery, New York. FALL/WINTER AUGUST 2009 – JANUARY 2010
(see p. 65, Boyhoods: Rethinking Masculinities by Ken Corbett)

Yale University Press Fall 2009 Seasonal Catalog

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Yale University Press Fall 2009 Seasonal Catalog

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Yale University Press Fall 2009 Seasonal Catalog

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

What types of books does the catalog cover?

What types of books does the catalog cover?

What artworks and artists are highlighted in the 'Recent Art Highlights' section?

What artworks and artists are highlighted in the 'Recent Art Highlights' section?

Ya l e

General Interest—Paperback Reprints 115

Cover photograph: Dewey as Superman, Providence, RI, 1991

Cowling Clarke Koda and Yohannan Eklund Hoffman

Recent Art Highlights Recent General Interest Highlights

Published in association with The Art Gallery of Ontario, Toronto

THE PHOTOGRAPHS OF HOMER PAGE

Distributed for The Nelson-Atkins Museum of Art

Published in association with Mass MoCA

Now available in paperback Previoulsy announced S’07

May Economics July History

THE MODERN WING

THROUGH THE SEASONS

FRIENDSHIP AND LOSS IN THE VICTORIAN PORTRAIT

PIERRE PUVIS DE CHAVANNES

Announced Fall ’08

A fresh look at Georgia O’Keeffe that reposi-

A lthough Georgia O’Keeffe (1887–1986) has long

In addition to rethinking O’Keeffe’s role in the development

B A R B A R A H A S K E L L is Curator at the Whitney Museum of

I n his early thirties, Marcel Duchamp (1887–1968) convinced every-

Published to commemorate the fortieth anniversary of the original instal-

O ut of print for a number of years, this facsimile of Marcel Duchamp’s

Published in association with the Philadelphia Museum of Art

T his handsome book showcases the Metropolitan Museum’s superb

A M E L I A P E C K is Marica F. Vilcek Curator of American Decorative

ROBERT INDIANA AND THE STAR OF HOPE

P erhaps best known for his iconic paintings and sculptures of

J O H N W I L M E R D I N G is Christopher B. Sarofim ‘86 Professor of

T he art of Willie Doherty (b. 1959), one of Northern Ireland’s most

Arising from the region’s Troubles, Doherty’s art is nonetheless univer-

T hroughout her career, Eva Hesse (1936–1970) produced a signifi-

The renowned author of Life in the English

E lizabethan and Jacobean architecture—the unique-

In this beautiful and fascinating book, Mark Girouard dis-

The result of new research and fieldwork, as well as a life-

Ships and the sea through the eyes of one of

A s a young man the American painter John Singer

S A R A H C A S H is the Bechhoefer Curator of American Art at

A guidebook to the most current trends in contemporary Jewish art

September Art/Jewish Studies

C H A R L E S W Y L I E is The Lupe Murchison Curator of Contemporary

The first in-depth look at Cézanne’s powerful

P aul Cézanne (1839–1906) is one of the great genius-

G A I L S TAV I T S K Y is Chief Curator of the Montclair Art Museum

A t the age of 72, Mary Delany, née Mary Granville (1700–1788),

Published in association with the Yale

M A R K L A I R D is Senior Lecturer in the Department of Landscape

A ccompanying the first U.S. museum exhibition devoted to contem-

An innovative look at Leonardo through the

L eonardo da Vinci (1452–1519) is renowned as a

Leonardo consistently drew inspiration from ancient

R ecently contemporary Korean art has garnered significant interna-

Distributed for The Museum of Fine

D esignated a Living National Treasure in 1956, Serizawa Keisuke

A major exponent of the mingei (people’s crafts) movement, Serizawa